You are on page 1of 383

Modem META Tool

User Manual
Customer Support
MT6001

Doc No: CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN


Version: V2.2
Release date: 2020-08-05
Classification: Confidential B

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.


Customer Support
MT6001

MediaTek Confidential
Keywords
User Manual

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Postal address
No. 1, Dusing 1st Rd. , Hsinchu Science
Park, Hsinchu City, Taiw an 30078

MTK support office address


No. 1, Dusing 1st Rd. , Hsinchu Science
Park, Hsinchu City, Taiw an 30078

Internet
http://w w w .mediatek.com/

Classification:Confidential
B

2 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Document Revision History

Document Revision History

Revision Date Description


V1.0 2017-07-15 Initial release
V1.1 2017-09-28 Update 3.1 Basic configuration
MediaTek Confidential

V1.2 2018-04-23 Update


3.3 NVRAM Editor
3.4 IMEI Download
3.5 Get Version
3.12 Modem Meta Console Tool
4 META- RF Calibration
V1.3 2018-07-18 Update layout arrangement
Updated 3.3 tool log setting
Updated 3.4 target log setting
Added 3.16 Clear log
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Added 3.17 Enable/disable open database


Added 3.9 LID Category Customization
New 4.4 MEID Tool
Update 5.1 Update parameter
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

New 5.2 GP RF Tool


New 5.3 Lab Tuing
Update 5.4 RF calibration
Update 5.5 GSM RF Tool
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Update 5.6 WCDMA RF Tool


Update 5.7 TDSCDMA RF Tool
Update 5.8 LTE RF Tool
Update 5.9 C2K RF Tool
Updated 6 Modem Meta Console Tool figure and table

V1.4 2018-11-15 Update M50 related chapters and figures


5.2.2 M50 series user interface
5.5.1.2 M50 series user interface
5.5.2.2 M50 series user interface
5.5.3.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.1.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.2.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.3.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.4.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.4.2.a Start testing
Figure 5 75 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test
5.6.5.2 M50 series user interface
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 5 80 [M50] GSM Path Loss


5.6.5.2.a Read / Write the calibration data
5.6.5.2.b Import / Export the calibration data
5.6.6.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.6.2.a Start / Stop testing
Figure 5 86 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX
5.6.7.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.8.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.9.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.10.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.11.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.12.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.13.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.14.2 M50 series user interface
5.6.15.1 M50 series user interface
5.6.15.1.aStart calculating
5.7.1.2 M50 series user interface
5.7.2.2 M50 series user interface
5.7.3.2 M50 series user interface
5.7.4.2 M50 series user interface

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 3

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Document Revision History

5.7.5.2 M50 series user interface


5.7.6.2 M50 series user interface
5.7.7.2 M50 series user interface
5.7.8.3 M50 series user interface
5.8.1.2 M50 series user interface
5.8.2.2 M50 series user interface
5.8.3.2 M50 series user interface
5.8.4.2 M50 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
5.8.5.2 M50 series user interface
5.8.6.2 M50 series user interface
5.8.7.2 M50 series user interface
5.9.1.2 M50 series user interface
5.9.2.2 M50 series user interface
Figure 5 189 [M50] LTE RSSI
5.9.2.2.a Start testing
5.9.3.2.b Import / Export the calibration data
5.9.4.2 M50 series user interface
5.9.5.2 M50 series user interface
5.9.6.2 M50 series user interface

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


5.9.6.2.a Start / Stop testing
5.9.6.2.b Fetch Power Detector value
5.9.7.2 M50 series user interface
Figure 5 218 [M50] LTE PUSCH TX

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


5.9.7.2.a Start / Stop testing
Figure 5 219 [M50]Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX
5.9.8.2 M50 series user interface
5.9.9.2 M50 series user interface

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


5.9.10.2 M50 series user interface
Figure 5 226 [M50] LTE SRS TX
5.9.10.2.a Start / Stop testing
Figure 5 227 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX
5.9.11.2 M50 series user interface
Figure 5 231 [M50] LTE TPC Profile
5.9.11.2.aRead / Write the calibration data
Figure 5 232 [M50] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE TPC profile
5.9.11.2.bImport / Export the calibration data
Figure 5 233 [M50] [Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile
5.9.12.2 M50 series user interface
5.9.14.2 M50 series user interface
5.10.1.2 M50 series user interface
5.10.3.2 M50 series user interface
5.10.4.2 M50 series user interface
5.10.5.2 M50 series user interface
5.10.6.2 M50 series user interface
5.10.7.2 M50 series user interface

Classification: Confidential B
V1.5 2018-02-22 5.4.3.1 Enable read only mode for item selection
3.4.9 Get memory dump
5.9.14.2 M50 series user interface
V1.6 2019-04-16 1. Platform options introduction
2. Telematics connection method
3. Multiple windows usage

V1.7 2019/06/12 Updated 3.4.6 Modem log to the target’s SD Card


Updated 3.4.9 Get memory dump
New- 3.16 Rules of auto find USB com port through VID/PID
Updated Figure 6-1[Console Tool] Config_maui.xml
New section-6.Console Tool-e.RF Calibration section
Added 6. Console-figures[6-14]
Updated 6. Console figures [6-21]
V1.8 2019-6-20 Updated 3.2.2 COM port baud rate
Updated connection settings in 3.6, 3.7, 3.8
Updated figures related to COM port
Updated Chapter 6 figure[6-2],table[ 6-3]

4 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Document Revision History

V1.9 2019-10-03 New chapter 3.4.10 Get UART log


New chapter 3.17 SLA
Updated 5.6 GSM RF Tool of PM-M70
Updated all figure to WIN10 format
Updated EPSK profile and GMSK profile

V2.0 2020-02-19 Updated 3 Main Form figures


MediaTek Confidential

V2.1 2020-05-13 Updated Chapter 4.2 NVRAM Editor


Added M70 series user interface of Temp.Coefficient Generator
Adde new chapter 5.11.10 Temp.Coefficient Generator
Updated Chapter 6-Console Tool
V2.2 2020-08-05 Updated Chapter 1
Updated multiple UI figure- From chapter6 to chapter8
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 5

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Document Revision History.......................................................................................................................................... 3


Table of Contents .......................................................................................................................................................... 6

MediaTek Confidential
Lists of Tables............................................................................................................................................................... 13
Lists of Figures ............................................................................................................................................................. 15
1 Introduction...................................................................................................................................................... 30

1.1 Purpose.................................................................................................................................................. 30

1.2 Scope...................................................................................................................................................... 30

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


1.3 Who Should Read This Document ....................................................................................................... 30

1.4 How to Use This Manual....................................................................................................................... 30

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


1.4.1 Terms and Conventions ..................................................................................................... 31

1.5 Environment requirement.................................................................................................................... 31

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


2 References........................................................................................................................................................ 32
3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................................................ 33
4 Abbreviations................................................................................................................................................... 34
5 Installation........................................................................................................................................................ 35
6 Main Form ........................................................................................................................................................ 38

6.1 GUI Introduction.................................................................................................................................... 38

6.2 Option platform setting........................................................................................................................ 39

6.2.1 Platform types .................................................................................................................... 40

6.2.2 COM port and baud rate.................................................................................................... 41

Classification: Confidential B
6.3 Option tool log setting.......................................................................................................................... 41

6.4 Option target log setting ...................................................................................................................... 41

6.4.1 How to enable Target Log.................................................................................................. 42

6.4.2 MD/AP log........................................................................................................................... 44

6.4.3 Advanced configuration UI ................................................................................................ 45

6.4.4 Modem log to Catcher/ELT................................................................................................ 46

6.4.5 Modem log to PC file.......................................................................................................... 48

6.4.6 Modem log to the target’s SD Card................................................................................... 50

6.4.7 AP log to GAT ...................................................................................................................... 51

6 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Table of Contents

6.4.8 AP log to PC file................................................................................................................... 53

6.4.9 Get memory dump ............................................................................................................. 54

6.4.10 Get UART log....................................................................................................................... 59

6.5 Option disconnect setting .................................................................................................................... 61


MediaTek Confidential

6.6 Connect with the target by UART ........................................................................................................ 63


6.7 Connect with the target by USB........................................................................................................... 63

6.8 Connect to a telematics target............................................................................................................. 64

6.9 Start sub-tools ....................................................................................................................................... 66

6.10 Start sub-tools in offline mode............................................................................................................. 67


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

6.11 Get modem information....................................................................................................................... 67

6.12 Load NVRAM database ......................................................................................................................... 68


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

6.13 Switch dual modem .............................................................................................................................. 69


6.14 Switch multiple modem type ............................................................................................................... 69
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

6.15 Enable modem META mode logging.................................................................................................... 70

6.15.1 Log to PC file mode............................................................................................................. 70

6.15.2 Log to Catcher/ELT ............................................................................................................. 71

6.16 Apply modem log filter to target ......................................................................................................... 74


6.16.1 Enable AP META mode logging.......................................................................................... 75

6.16.2 Clear log............................................................................................................................... 78

6.16.3 Enable/disable open database .......................................................................................... 79

6.17 Rules of auto find USB com port through VID/PID ............................................................................. 79
Classification: Confidential B

6.17.1 3.16.1 Modem Only........................................................................................................... 80

6.17.2 3.16.2 SmartPhone............................................................................................................. 80

6.18 SLA .......................................................................................................................................................... 81

6.18.1 AP SLA.................................................................................................................................. 81

6.18.2 3.17.2 Modem SLA ............................................................................................................. 82

7 Platform Tools.................................................................................................................................................. 84

7.1 Get Version............................................................................................................................................ 84

7.2 NVRAM Editor........................................................................................................................................ 85

7.2.1 LID tree and RID tree.......................................................................................................... 87

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 7

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Table of Contents

7.2.2 Hex Editor............................................................................................................................ 87

7.2.3 LID filter region................................................................................................................... 87

7.2.4 Field filter region ................................................................................................................ 88

7.2.5 Column region .................................................................................................................... 89

MediaTek Confidential
7.2.6 Format region ..................................................................................................................... 89
7.2.7 Read from NVRAM ............................................................................................................. 89

7.2.8 Edit the value of the field by RID tree............................................................................... 90

7.2.9 Edit the value of the field by Hex Editor ........................................................................... 90

7.2.10 Write to NVRAM................................................................................................................. 92

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


7.2.11 Export to file........................................................................................................................ 92

7.2.12 Import from file .................................................................................................................. 92

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


7.2.13 LID Category Customization............................................................................................... 93

7.3 IMEI Download...................................................................................................................................... 93

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


7.3.1 Read / Write IMEI ............................................................................................................... 94

7.3.2 Import / Export IMEI........................................................................................................... 95

7.4 MEID Download..................................................................................................................................... 97

7.4.1 Read / Write MEID.............................................................................................................. 98

7.4.2 Import / Export MEID......................................................................................................... 99

8 RF Tools...........................................................................................................................................................102

8.1 Update parameter...............................................................................................................................102

8.1.1 RAT support indicator ......................................................................................................103

Classification: Confidential B
8.1.2 Read / Write the calibration parameter .........................................................................104

8.1.3 Import / Export the calibration parameter.....................................................................105

8.1.4 Runtime status update.....................................................................................................106

8.1.5 Stop action ........................................................................................................................107

8.2 GP RF Tool............................................................................................................................................108

8.2.1 M21 series user interface ................................................................................................109

8.2.2 M50 series user interface ................................................................................................111

8.3 Lab Tuning............................................................................................................................................111

8.3.1 Start action/ Runtime status update...............................................................................113

8 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Table of Contents

8.3.2 File configure ....................................................................................................................113

8.3.3 Tuning item selection.......................................................................................................114

8.4 RF Calibration ......................................................................................................................................115

8.4.1 Start action/ Runtime status update...............................................................................116


MediaTek Confidential

8.4.2 File configure ....................................................................................................................116


8.4.3 Calibration / Testing item selection ................................................................................118

8.4.4 Pack log utility...................................................................................................................122

8.5 Multi-RAT RF Tool................................................................................................................................122

8.5.1 MultiRatTadc Control .......................................................................................................124


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

8.5.2 Tas......................................................................................................................................127

8.5.3 Mipi CW.............................................................................................................................128


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

8.6 GSM RF Tool ........................................................................................................................................130

8.6.1 AFC Control .......................................................................................................................131


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.6.2 AFC DAC Sweep ................................................................................................................135

8.6.3 Crystal AFC Control...........................................................................................................137

8.6.4 PM......................................................................................................................................140

8.6.5 Path Loss ...........................................................................................................................144

8.6.6 Continuous RX...................................................................................................................152

8.6.7 Continuous TX...................................................................................................................155

8.6.8 Multi-Slot TX .....................................................................................................................156

8.6.9 TX Level .............................................................................................................................158


Classification: Confidential B

8.6.10 Inter Slot Ramp.................................................................................................................160

8.6.11 GMSK Profile.....................................................................................................................162

8.6.12 GMSK Graphic Ramp ........................................................................................................168

8.6.13 EPSK Profile.......................................................................................................................172

8.6.14 EPSK Graphic Ramp ..........................................................................................................178

8.6.15 RX Gain Calculator ............................................................................................................183

8.7 WCDMA RF Tool ..................................................................................................................................184

8.7.1 AFC Control .......................................................................................................................187

8.7.2 AFC Sweep.........................................................................................................................191

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 9

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Table of Contents

8.7.3 RSSI ....................................................................................................................................194

8.7.4 Path Loss ...........................................................................................................................202

8.7.5 RSCP...................................................................................................................................208

8.7.6 PRACH TX...........................................................................................................................210

MediaTek Confidential
8.7.7 DPCH TX.............................................................................................................................211
8.7.8 TPC Profile.........................................................................................................................214

8.7.9 MIPI TPA Profile................................................................................................................218

8.7.10 DPD PA Profile...................................................................................................................220

8.8 TDSCDMA RF Tool ...............................................................................................................................223

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


8.8.1 AFC Control .......................................................................................................................225

8.8.2 RSSI ....................................................................................................................................229

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


8.8.3 Path Loss ...........................................................................................................................230

8.8.4 Continuous RX...................................................................................................................233

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.8.5 Continuous TX...................................................................................................................234

8.8.6 DPCH TX.............................................................................................................................235

8.8.7 TPC Profile.........................................................................................................................237

8.8.8 Baseband Register ............................................................................................................240

8.9 LTE RF Tool...........................................................................................................................................242

8.9.1 AFC Control .......................................................................................................................243

8.9.2 RSSI ....................................................................................................................................247

8.9.3 RX PathLoss .......................................................................................................................252

Classification: Confidential B
8.9.4 Continuous RX...................................................................................................................263

8.9.5 RSRP/RSRQ RX...................................................................................................................267

8.9.6 RSRP/RSRQ Rx Force mode..............................................................................................270

8.9.7 Single Tone TX...................................................................................................................271

8.9.8 PUSCH TX...........................................................................................................................275

8.9.9 PUCCH TX Force mode .....................................................................................................279

8.9.10 PUCCH TX ..........................................................................................................................279

8.9.11 PRACH TX...........................................................................................................................281

8.9.12 SRS TX................................................................................................................................282

10 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Table of Contents

8.9.13 TPC Profile.........................................................................................................................284

8.9.14 RF Diagram........................................................................................................................295

8.9.15 DPD PA Profile...................................................................................................................295

8.9.16 Temp. Coefficient Generator ...........................................................................................300


MediaTek Confidential

8.10 C2K RF Tool ..........................................................................................................................................306


8.10.1 AFC Control .......................................................................................................................307

8.10.2 Temperature ADC.............................................................................................................311

8.10.3 RX.......................................................................................................................................314

8.10.4 RX Path Loss ......................................................................................................................316


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

8.10.5 TX .......................................................................................................................................320

8.10.6 TPC Profile.........................................................................................................................322


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

8.10.7 DPD Profile........................................................................................................................329

8.10.8 MIPI TPA Profile................................................................................................................336


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.10.9 Temperature Coefficient..................................................................................................338

8.10.10 FHC.....................................................................................................................................339

8.10.11 NSFT...................................................................................................................................342

8.10.12 Debug ................................................................................................................................344

8.11 NR RF Tool............................................................................................................................................346

8.11.1 RSSI ....................................................................................................................................348

8.11.2 RX PathLoss .......................................................................................................................350

8.11.3 Continuous RX...................................................................................................................355


Classification: Confidential B

8.11.4 RSRP Force Mode .............................................................................................................355

8.11.5 RSRP Normal Mode ..........................................................................................................357

8.11.6 Single Tone TX...................................................................................................................360

8.11.7 APT Profile.........................................................................................................................362

8.11.8 Forced PUSCH TX ..............................................................................................................367

8.11.9 Normal PUSCH TX .............................................................................................................368

8.11.10 Temp. Coefficient Generator ...........................................................................................369

9 Console Tool...................................................................................................................................................372

9.1 Console mode operation ....................................................................................................................381

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 11

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Table of Contents

9.2 Use command line steps to open the console mode .......................................................................381

9.3 Sample of read/write NVRAM using console tool ............................................................................382

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

12 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Tables

Lists of Tables

Table 1-1. Chapter Overview....................................................................................................................................... 30


Table 6-1 Connection stage icons ............................................................................................................................... 38
MediaTek Confidential

Table 7-1 [NVRAM Editor] LID support options ......................................................................................................... 88


Table 7-2LID [NVRAM Editor] Category Customization ............................................................................................. 93
Table 8-1the meaning of indicator background color in Updateparmaeter ..........................................................103
Table 8-2 [Lab Tuning] Brief descriptions of file configure....................................................................................113
Table 8-3 [Lab Tuning] Brief descriptions of item selection ..................................................................................114
Table 8-4 [RF Calibration] Brief descriptions of file configure..............................................................................117
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Table 8-5 [RF Calibration] Brief descriptions of calibration/testing item configuration ...................................119
Table 8-6 [LTE Temp. Coefficient] Brief descriptions of item configuration........................................................300
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Table 8-7 [M50][LTE Temp. Coefficient] Brief descriptions of item configuration .............................................302
Table 8-8 [M70][LTE Temp. Coefficient] Brief descriptions of item configuration.................................................304
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Table 8-9 [M70][NR Temp. Coefficient] Brief descriptions of item configuration .................................................370
Table 9-1 [Console Tool] The key string of Platform type........................................................................................373
Table 9-2 [Console Tool] The key string of ComPortType........................................................................................373
Table 9-3 [Console Tool] The key string of ComPort................................................................................................373
Table 9-4 [Console Tool] The key string of PreloaderPort.......................................................................................373
Table 9-5 [Console Tool] The key string of EnableADBServier ................................................................................373
Table 9-6 [Console Tool] The key string of EnableSwitchModemMode.................................................................374
Table 9-7 [Console Tool] The key string of SoftwareType........................................................................................374
Table 9-8 [Console Tool] The key string of DB..........................................................................................................374
Table 9-9 [Console Tool] The key string of OutputCalibrationDataFilePath...........................................................374
Classification: Confidential B

Table 9-10 [Console Tool] The key string of CalibrationFilePath.............................................................................375


Table 9-11 [Console Tool] The key string of IMEI .....................................................................................................375
Table 9-12 [Console Tool] The key string of MEID ...................................................................................................375
Table 9-13 [Console Tool] The key string of DumpRamDiskFilePath ......................................................................375
Table 9-14 [Console Tool] The key string of ImportNvramFilePath ........................................................................375
Table 9-15 [Console Tool] The key string of WriteNvram........................................................................................376
Table 9-16 [Console Tool] The key string of ExportNvramFilePath.........................................................................376
Table 9-17 [Console Tool] The key string of ReadNvram.........................................................................................376
Table 9-18 [Console Tool] The key string of ToolLogPath ........................................................................................376
Table 9-19 [Console Tool] The key string of ComportLogEnable ...........................................................................377
Table 9-20 [Console Tool] The key string of ModemLogto .....................................................................................377

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 13

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Tables

Table 9-21 [Console Tool] The key string of ModemLogPath..................................................................................377


Table 9-22 [Console Tool] The key string of ModemLogFilter.................................................................................377
Table 9-23 [Console Tool] The key string of APLogto...............................................................................................377
Table 9-24 [Console Tool] The key string of APLogPath ..........................................................................................377
Table 9-25 [Console Tool] The key string of Backup ................................................................................................378

MediaTek Confidential
Table 9-26 [Console Tool] The key string of AfterDisconnect .................................................................................378
Table 9-27 [Console Tool] The key string of ClearMetaBootModeFlag..................................................................378
Table 9-28 [Console Tool] The key string of ApDB...................................................................................................378
Table 9-29 [Console Tool] The key string of EnableSwitchNormalMode ...............................................................378
Table 9-30 [Console Tool] The key string of CfgFilePath..........................................................................................379

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Table 9-31 [Console Tool] The key string of IniFilePath ...........................................................................................379
Table 9-32 [Console Tool] The key string of ResultFileName ..................................................................................379
Table 9-33 [Console Tool] The key string of ResultFolderPath................................................................................380

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Table 9-34 [Console Tool] The key string of CalTestExportedFilePath....................................................................380
Table 9-35 [Console Tool] The key string of BackupCalData ...................................................................................380

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Table 9-36 [Console Tool] The key string of IncreaseBarCodeWhenSuccess/ IncreaseBarCodeWhenFailed......380
Table 9-37 [Console Tool] The key string of StopWhenFailed.................................................................................380
Table 9-38 [Console Tool] The key string of ApDbPath............................................................................................380
Table 9-39 [Console Tool] The key string of Md1DbPath ........................................................................................381
Table 9-40 [Console Tool] Modem META console mode operation .......................................................................381

Classification: Confidential B

14 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Lists of Figures

Figure 5-1 [Installation] Please click [Next >] button. ............................................................................................... 35


Figure 5-2 [Installation] Please select a directory to install and then click [Install] button.................................... 36
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 5-3 [Installation] The Installation is complete, please click [Finish] button. ................................................ 37
Figure 6-1 GUI introduction – before connection...................................................................................................... 38
Figure 6-2 GUI introduction - connecting................................................................................................................... 39
Figure 6-3 Option platform setting............................................................................................................................. 40
Figure 6-4 Option tool log setting............................................................................................................................... 41
Figure 6-5 Open target log setting.............................................................................................................................. 42
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 6-6 Enable the target log.................................................................................................................................. 43


Figure 6-7 Target log default set ................................................................................................................................. 43
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-8 GAT.............................................................................................................................................................. 43


Figure 6-9 Connect to Modem meta .......................................................................................................................... 44
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-10 MD log path.............................................................................................................................................. 44


Figure 6-11 AP log path ............................................................................................................................................... 45
Figure 6-12 Expand the target log setting.................................................................................................................. 45
Figure 6-13 Modem log options.................................................................................................................................. 45
Figure 6-14 AP log options .......................................................................................................................................... 46
Figure 6-15 Log to Catcher/ELT ................................................................................................................................... 46
Figure 6-16 ELT target logging mode .......................................................................................................................... 46
Figure 6-17 Connect to Modem META ....................................................................................................................... 47
Figure 6-18 Select the Conn. Mode ............................................................................................................................ 47
Figure 6-19 Modem META connect with ELT ............................................................................................................. 48
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-20 Set ELT target filter................................................................................................................................... 48


Figure 6-21 Modem log to PC file ............................................................................................................................... 48
Figure 6-22 Set log folder path.................................................................................................................................... 49
Figure 6-23 Set target filter path................................................................................................................................. 49
Figure 6-24 Create a filter bin file ............................................................................................................................... 50
Figure 6-25 Connect to Modem META with Modem log to “PC File” ...................................................................... 50
Figure 6-26 Select “Log to Target’s SD Card”.............................................................................................................. 51
Figure 6-27 Connect to Modem META with Modem log to”Target’s SD Card” ....................................................... 51
Figure 6-28 AP log to GAT............................................................................................................................................ 51
Figure 6-29 Run GAT .................................................................................................................................................... 52
Figure 6-30 Connect to Modem META with AP log to “GAT” ................................................................................... 52

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 15

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 6-31 Execute GAT and the tool setting............................................................................................................ 53


Figure 6-32 Select Log to PC File................................................................................................................................. 53
Figure 6-33 Set Log Folder Path .................................................................................................................................. 53
Figure 6-34 Connect to META with AP log to “PC File” ............................................................................................. 54
Figure 6-35 The status of disable log.......................................................................................................................... 54

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 6-36 Modem META accesses the modem exception ..................................................................................... 54
Figure 6-37 Log to Catcher/ELT ................................................................................................................................... 55
Figure 6-38 Memory dump via ELT ............................................................................................................................. 55
Figure 6-39 Log to PC file............................................................................................................................................. 55
Figure 6-40 The MODEM EXCEPTION message and Memory Dump progress ........................................................ 56

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 6-41 Memory dump successfully .................................................................................................................... 56
Figure 6-42 The memory dump bin file...................................................................................................................... 56
Figure 6-43 Log to Targets’s SD Card........................................................................................................................... 57

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-44 The MODEM EXCEPTION message and Memory Dump progress ........................................................ 57
Figure 6-45 Memory dump successfully .................................................................................................................... 57

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-46 The MODEM EXCEPTION message and Memory Dump progress ........................................................ 58
Figure 6-47 Memory dump successfully .................................................................................................................... 58
Figure 6-48 Memory dump when disable the modem log ....................................................................................... 58
Figure 6-49 The preview of Tera Term application .................................................................................................... 59
Figure 6-50 Step1: Select the comport number of the debug board ....................................................................... 59
Figure 6-51 Step2: Select the serial port speed to "921600" ................................................................................... 60
Figure 6-52 Step3: Enable the function of log to file................................................................................................. 60
Figure 6-53 Step4: Connect to META Tool.................................................................................................................. 61
Figure 6-54 Option disconnect setting ....................................................................................................................... 62
Figure 6-55 Connect with the target by UART ........................................................................................................... 63
Figure 6-56 Connect with the target by USB.............................................................................................................. 64 Classification: Confidential B
Figure 6-57 Connect to the telematics target ............................................................................................................ 65
Figure 6-58 Check target’s mode by adb command .................................................................................................. 65
Figure 6-59 Check target’s mode by port status ........................................................................................................ 66
Figure 6-60 Start sub-tools .......................................................................................................................................... 66
Figure 6-61 Offline available sub-tool......................................................................................................................... 67
Figure 6-62 Get modem information.......................................................................................................................... 68
Figure 6-63 Load NVRAM database............................................................................................................................ 68
Figure 6-64 Switch dual modem ................................................................................................................................. 69
Figure 6-65 Switch multiple modem type.................................................................................................................. 70

16 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 6-66 Log to PC file mode.................................................................................................................................. 71


Figure 6-67 Catcher logging......................................................................................................................................... 71
Figure 6-68 ELT logging................................................................................................................................................ 72
Figure 6-69 Set Catcher database path ...................................................................................................................... 72
Figure 6-70 Set ELT database path............................................................................................................................. 72
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 6-71 Meta mode logging in Catcher................................................................................................................ 73


Figure 6-72 Meta mode logging in ELT ....................................................................................................................... 73
Figure 6-73 Meta Catcher/ELT mode.......................................................................................................................... 74
Figure 6-74 Apply modem log filter to target ............................................................................................................ 75
Figure 6-75 Enable AP META mode logging ............................................................................................................... 76
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 6-76 Log to PC file mode.................................................................................................................................. 77


Figure 6-77 GAT............................................................................................................................................................ 77
Figure 6-78 Log to GAT................................................................................................................................................. 78
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-79 Clear log................................................................................................................................................... 78


Figure 6-80 Enable/disable open database................................................................................................................ 79
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-81 META com port filter setting................................................................................................................... 80


Figure 6-82 ELT com port filter setting ....................................................................................................................... 80
Figure 6-83 Preloader & BootRom com port filter setting ........................................................................................ 81
Figure 6-84 Kernel com port filter setting.................................................................................................................. 81
Figure 6-85 Debug com port filter setting.................................................................................................................. 81
Figure 6-86 Security setting for AP SLA ...................................................................................................................... 82
Figure 6-87 SLA_Challenge.dll path ............................................................................................................................ 82
Figure 6-88 Modem SLA warning message ................................................................................................................ 83
Figure 7-1 Select [Get version] button from main selection menu .......................................................................... 84
Figure 7-2 Click [Read] button to get version............................................................................................................. 85
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 7-3 Result of getting target version ................................................................................................................. 85


Figure 7-4 Select [NVRAM Editor] button from main selection menu ..................................................................... 86
Figure 7-5 [NVRAM Editor] Main page ....................................................................................................................... 87
Figure 7-6 [NVRAM Editor] Drag the splitter bar ....................................................................................................... 87
Figure 7-7 [NVRAM Editor] Expand/collapse more nodes ........................................................................................ 87
Figure 7-8 [NVRAM Editor] Click [Hex Editor] button to start Hex Editor ................................................................ 87
Figure 7-9 [NVRAM Editor] LID filter region ............................................................................................................... 88
Figure 7-10 [NVRAM Editor] Field Filter Region......................................................................................................... 88
Figure 7-11 [NVRAM Editor] Result of input multiple field filters ............................................................................ 89
Figure 7-12 [NVRAM Editor] Adjustable columns...................................................................................................... 89

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 17

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 7-13 Click [Read] button to read a record from NVRAM ............................................................................... 90
Figure 7-14 [NVRAM Editor] Edit the value of the field ............................................................................................ 90
Figure 7-15 [NVRAM Editor] Selected field from RID tree is highlighted in yellow color ....................................... 91
Figure 7-16 [NVRAM Editor] Modified data are marked in red color....................................................................... 91
Figure 7-17 [NVRAM Editor] Copy and paste between hex editor and clipboard ................................................... 91

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 7-18 [NVRAM Editor] Save the selected record to target.............................................................................. 92
Figure 7-19 [NVRAM Editor] Export to file................................................................................................................. 92
Figure 7-20 [NVRAM Editor] Import from file............................................................................................................ 93
Figure 7-21 Select [IMEI download] button from main selection menu.................................................................. 94
Figure 7-22 Click [Read] button to read IMEI from target......................................................................................... 94

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 7-23 Result of read IMEI from target .............................................................................................................. 95
Figure 7-24 Click [Write] button to write IMEI to target ........................................................................................... 95
Figure 7-25 Result of write IMEI to target.................................................................................................................. 95

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 7-26 Click [Import] button to import IMEI from file ...................................................................................... 96
Figure 7-27 Result of import IMEI from file ............................................................................................................... 96

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 7-28 Click [Export] button to import IMEI to file............................................................................................ 96
Figure 7-29 Result of import IMEI to file.................................................................................................................... 97
Figure 7-30 Select [MEID download] button from main selection menu................................................................ 98
Figure 7-31 Click [Read] button to read MEID from target ....................................................................................... 98
Figure 7-32 Result of read MEID from target............................................................................................................. 99
Figure 7-33 Click [Write] button to write MEID to target.......................................................................................... 99
Figure 7-34 Result of write MEID to target ................................................................................................................ 99
Figure 7-35 Click [Import] button to import MEID from file...................................................................................100
Figure 7-36 Result of import MEID from file............................................................................................................100
Figure 7-37 Click [Export] button to export MEID to file.........................................................................................100
Figure 7-38 Result of export MEID to file.................................................................................................................101 Classification: Confidential B
Figure 8-1 Select [UpdateParameter] from main selection menu..........................................................................102
Figure 8-2 [Update parameter] Main page ..............................................................................................................103
Figure 8-3 Context menu in the Update parameter ................................................................................................103
Figure 8-4 [Updateparameter] LTE indicator with red background sample...........................................................104
Figure 8-5 [Read] and [Write] button in Update Parameter ...................................................................................104
Figure 8-6 [Import] button in Update Parameter ....................................................................................................105
Figure 8-7 [Export] button in Update Parameter.....................................................................................................106
Figure 8-8 Runtime info in Updateparameter..........................................................................................................107
Figure 8-9 [Updateparameter] Item executed failed sample..................................................................................107

18 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 8-10 [Updateparameter] Clicking stop sample.............................................................................................108


Figure 8-11 Select [GP RF Tool] from main selection menu....................................................................................109
Figure 8-12 Load database first before launching GP RF Tool.................................................................................109
Figure 8-13 [GP RF Tool] Main UI ..............................................................................................................................110
Figure 8-14 [GP RF Tool] Tree structure with Peer Buffer .......................................................................................110
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-15 [GP RF Tool] Context menu of a tree structure....................................................................................111


Figure 8-16 Select [Lab Tuning] from main selection menu ...................................................................................112
Figure 8-17 [Lab tuning] main page..........................................................................................................................112
Figure 8-18 [Lab Tuning] File configure ....................................................................................................................113
Figure 8-19 [Lab Tuning] Runtime status sample for the empty field of necessary file........................................113
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-20 [Lab Tuning] File configuration folded sample.....................................................................................114


Figure 8-21 [Lab Tuning] Tuning Item selection .......................................................................................................114
Figure 8-22 [Lab Tuning] Context menu ...................................................................................................................115
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-23 Select [RF Calibration] from main selection menu ..............................................................................116
Figure 8-24 [RF Calibration] main page....................................................................................................................116
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-25 [RF Calibration] Runtime status update sample ..................................................................................116


Figure 8-26 [RF Calibration] File configure...............................................................................................................117
Figure 8-27 [RF Calibration] Runtime status sample for the empty field of necessary file ..................................117
Figure 8-28 [RF Calibration] AP DB field ...................................................................................................................117
Figure 8-29 [RF Calibration] Scenario of all the MD DB field case..........................................................................118
Figure 8-30 [RF calibration] File configuration folded sample................................................................................118
Figure 8-31 [RF Calibration] Calibration/Testing Item configure ............................................................................119
Figure 8-32 [RF Calibration] Option hint label sample ............................................................................................119
Figure 8-33 [RF Calibration] Error message sample of no item being selected.....................................................119
Figure 8-34 [RF Calibration] context menu ..............................................................................................................120
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-35 [RF Calibration] Check the calibration or testing type configuration .................................................120
Figure 8-36 [RF Calibration] Check status notice.....................................................................................................120
Figure 8-37 [RF Calibration] Enable read only mode setting ..................................................................................121
Figure 8-38 [RF Calibration] After enabling read only mode for item section sample .........................................121
Figure 8-39 Pack log utility for RF calibration...........................................................................................................122
Figure 8-40 Select [Multi-RAT RF Tool] from main selection menu........................................................................123
Figure 8-41 Select [Multi-RAT RF Tool] from main selection menu........................................................................123
Figure 8-42 [Multi-RAT RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu.....................................................................124
Figure 8-43 [RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself............................................................................124
Figure 8-44 [M21] Multi-RAT TADC...........................................................................................................................125

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 19

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 8-45 [M21] Temperature indicator of TADC calibration data. .....................................................................125


Figure 8-46 [M21] Click [Fetch ADC] button to fetch ADC result............................................................................126
Figure 8-47 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in MultiRAT TADC ...........................................................................126
Figure 8-48 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in MultiRAT TADC.......................................................................127
Figure 8-49 [M21] Multi-RAT RF tool Tas..................................................................................................................128

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 8-50 [M21] Click [Start] button to set Tas state............................................................................................128
Figure 8-51 [M21]Multi-RAT RF tool MipiCW ..........................................................................................................129
Figure 8-52 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in Multi -RAT RF tool MipiCW.........................................................129
Figure 8-53 Select [GSM RF Tool] from main selection menu ................................................................................130
Figure 8-54 Select [GSM RF Tool] from main selection menu ................................................................................130

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 8-55 [GSM RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu ..............................................................................131
Figure 8-56 [GSM RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself...................................................................131
Figure 8-57 [M21] GSM AFC Control ........................................................................................................................132

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-58 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM AFC test.............................................................................132
Figure 8-59 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the GSM Init-AFC DAC and Slope ..................................133

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-60 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM AFC control ........................................................................134
Figure 8-61 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM AFC control ...................................................................134
Figure 8-62 [M21] GSM AFC DAC Sweep..................................................................................................................135
Figure 8-63 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM AFC DAC sweep test .........................................................136
Figure 8-64 [M21] GSM AFC DAC sweep test runtime result..................................................................................136
Figure 8-65 [M21] Export the GSM AFC DAC sweep test result to file...................................................................137
Figure 8-66 [M21] GSM Crystal AFC Control ............................................................................................................138
Figure 8-67 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Crystal AFC Control test ...................................................139
Figure 8-68 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Crystal AFC control ............................................................139
Figure 8-69 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Crystal AFC control .......................................................140
Figure 8-70 [M21] GSM PM (1).................................................................................................................................141 Classification: Confidential B
Figure 8-71 [M21] GSM PM (2).................................................................................................................................141
Figure 8-72 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test (1) ........................................................................142
Figure 8-73 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test (2) ........................................................................142
Figure 8-74 [M50] GSM PM.......................................................................................................................................143
Figure 8-75 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test..............................................................................143
Figure 8-76 [M70] GSM PM.....................................................................................................................................144
Figure 8-77 [M21] GSM Path Loss (1).......................................................................................................................145
Figure 8-78 [M21] GSM Path Loss (2).......................................................................................................................145
Figure 8-79 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Path Loss (1) ......................................................................146

20 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 8-80 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Path Loss (2) ......................................................................146
Figure 8-81 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Path Loss (1)..................................................................147
Figure 8-82 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Path Loss (2)..................................................................147
Figure 8-83 [M50] GSM Path Loss.............................................................................................................................149
Figure 8-84 [M50] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Path Loss ............................................................................150
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-85 [M50] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Path Loss .....................................................................151
Figure 8-86 [M21] GSM Continuous RX (1)..............................................................................................................153
Figure 8-87 [M21] GSM Continuous RX (2) ..............................................................................................................153
Figure 8-88 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX (1).............................................................154
Figure 8-89 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX (2).............................................................154
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-90 [M50] GSM Continuous RX....................................................................................................................155


Figure 8-91 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX ..................................................................155
Figure 8-92 [M21] GSM Continuous TX ....................................................................................................................155
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-93 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous TX ..................................................................156
Figure 8-94 [M21] GSM Multi-Slot TX ......................................................................................................................157
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-95 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Multi -Slot TX.....................................................................157
Figure 8-96 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Multi -Slot TX......................................................................158
Figure 8-97 [M21] GSM TX Level...............................................................................................................................159
Figure 8-98 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM TX Level .............................................................................159
Figure 8-99 [M21] [Fetch] button in GSM TX Level .................................................................................................160
Figure 8-100 [M21] GSM Inter Slot Ramp ................................................................................................................160
Figure 8-101 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Inter Slot Ramp ...............................................................161
Figure 8-102 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Inter Slot Ramp...........................................................161
Figure 8-103 [M21] GSM GMSK Profile....................................................................................................................162
Figure 8-104 [M21-MT2731] GSM GMSK Profile.....................................................................................................163
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-105 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM GMSK profile ...................................................................164
Figure 8-106 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM GMSK profile...............................................................165
Figure 8-107 [M21] GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp .......................................................................................................168
Figure 8-108 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp.......................................................169
Figure 8-109 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp..................................................170
Figure 8-110 [M21] Before adjust GMSK profile data in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp ............................................171
Figure 8-111 [M21] After adjust GMSK profile data in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp...............................................172
Figure 8-112 [M21] GSM EPSK Profile......................................................................................................................173
Figure 8-113 [M21-MT2731] GSM EPSK Profile.......................................................................................................174
Figure 8-114 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM EPSK profile .....................................................................175

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 21

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 8-115 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM EPSK profile.................................................................176
Figure 8-116 [M21] GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp .........................................................................................................179
Figure 8-117 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp.........................................................180
Figure 8-118 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp....................................................181
Figure 8-119 [M21] Before adjust EPSK profile data in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp ................................................182

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 8-120 [M21] After adjust EPSK profile data in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp...................................................183
Figure 8-121 [M50] GSM RX Gain Calculator ...........................................................................................................183
Figure 8-122 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM RX Gain Calculator..........................................................184
Figure 8-123 Select [WCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu ........................................................................185
Figure 8-124 Select [WCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu ........................................................................185

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 8-125 [WCDMA RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu......................................................................186
Figure 8-126 [WCDMA RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself ..........................................................186
Figure 8-127 [M21]WCDMA AFC Control .................................................................................................................187

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-128 [M21]Click [Start] button to trigger AFC test.....................................................................................188
Figure 8-129 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the WCDMA Init-AFC DAC and Slope..........................189

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-130 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in WCDMA AFC control................................................................190
Figure 8-131 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA AFC control ...........................................................191
Figure 8-132 [M21] WCDMA AFC Sweep .................................................................................................................192
Figure 8-133 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger WCDMA AFC sweep test.........................................................193
Figure 8-134 [M21] WCDMA AFC sweep test runtime result .................................................................................193
Figure 8-135 [M21] Export the WCDMA AFC sweep test result to file ..................................................................194
Figure 8-136 [M21] WCDMA RSSI .............................................................................................................................195
Figure 8-137 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test ...................................................................................196
Figure 8-138 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger Cont. RX test ............................................................................197
Figure 8-139 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to get RX gain information ...............................................................198
Figure 8-140 [M70] WCDMA RSSI .............................................................................................................................199 Classification: Confidential B
Figure 8-141 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test ...................................................................................200
Figure 8-142 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger Cont. RX test ............................................................................201
Figure 8-143 [M70] Click [Calculate] button to get RX gain information ...............................................................202
Figure 8-144 [M21] WCDMA Path Loss ....................................................................................................................203
Figure 8-145 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in WCDMA Path Loss....................................................................204
Figure 8-146 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA Path Loss...............................................................205
Figure 8-147 [M70] WCDMA Path Loss ....................................................................................................................207
Figure 8-148 [M70] WCDMA Path Loss – talking mode support............................................................................208
Figure 8-149 [M21] WCDMA RSCP ...........................................................................................................................209

22 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 8-150 [M21] [Start] button to trigger WCDMA RSCP...................................................................................210


Figure 8-151 [M21] WCDMA PRACH TX ...................................................................................................................211
Figure 8-152 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger WCDMA PRACH TX..................................................................211
Figure 8-153 WCDMA DPCH TX.................................................................................................................................212
Figure 8-154 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger WCDMA DPCH TX....................................................................212
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-155 [M21] Click [Fetch] button to trigger fetching WCDMA PD value ....................................................213
Figure 8-156 WCDMA DPCH TX.................................................................................................................................213
Figure 8-157 [M70] Click [+1db] or [-1db] button to adjust current power ..........................................................214
Figure 8-158 [M21] WCDMA TPC Profile..................................................................................................................215
Figure 8-159 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in WCDMA TPC profile.................................................................215
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-160 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA TPC profile............................................................215
Figure 8-161 WCDMA MIPI TPA Profile ....................................................................................................................218
Figure 8-162 Read WCDMA MIPI TPA code word ....................................................................................................219
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-163 Write Read WCDMA MIPI TPA code word..........................................................................................219


Figure 8-164 [M21] WCDMA DPD PA Profile............................................................................................................220
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-165 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in DPD PA profile ..........................................................................221
Figure 8-166 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA DPD PA profile......................................................221
Figure 8-167 Select [TDSCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu .....................................................................224
Figure 8-168 Select [TDSCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu .....................................................................224
Figure 8-169 [TDSCDMA RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu ...................................................................225
Figure 8-170 [TDSCDMA RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself .......................................................225
Figure 8-171 [M21] TDSCDMA AFC Control .............................................................................................................226
Figure 8-172 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger AFC test....................................................................................226
Figure 8-173 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the TDSCDMA Init-AFC DAC and Slope .......................227
Figure 8-174 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in TDSCDMA AFC control .............................................................228
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-175 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in TDSCDMA AFC control ........................................................228
Figure 8-176 [M21] TDSCDMA RSSI ..........................................................................................................................229
Figure 8-177 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test ...................................................................................230
Figure 8-178 [M21] TDSCDMA Path Loss .................................................................................................................231
Figure 8-179 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in TDSCDMA Path Loss.................................................................232
Figure 8-180 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in TDSCDMA Path Loss ............................................................232
Figure 8-181 [M21] TDSCDMA Continuous RX ........................................................................................................234
Figure 8-182 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger TDSCDMA Continuous RX .......................................................234
Figure 8-183 [M21] TDSCDMA Continuous TX.........................................................................................................235
Figure 8-184 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger TDSCDMA Continuous TX .......................................................235

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 23

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 8-185 [M21] TDSCDMA DPCH TX ..................................................................................................................236


Figure 8-186 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger TDSCDMA DPCH TX .................................................................236
Figure 8-187 [M21] TDSCDMA TPC Profile...............................................................................................................237
Figure 8-188 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in TDSCDMA TPC profile..............................................................238
Figure 8-189 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in TDSCDMA TPC profile .........................................................239

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 8-190 [M21] TDSCDMA Baseband Register ..................................................................................................241
Figure 8-191 [M21] Read TDSCDMA baseband register in specific address..........................................................241
Figure 8-192 [M21] Write TDSCDMA baseband register in specific address and value........................................241
Figure 8-193 Select [LTE RF Tool] from main selection menu .................................................................................242
Figure 8-194 Select [LTE RF Tool] from main selection menu .................................................................................242

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 8-195 [LTE RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu...............................................................................243
Figure 8-196 [LTE RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself...................................................................243
Figure 8-197 [M21] LTE AFC Control.........................................................................................................................244

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-198 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE AFC test..............................................................................244
Figure 8-199 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the LTE Init-AFC DAC and Slope...................................245

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-200 [M21][Read] and [Write] button in LTE AFC control..........................................................................246
Figure 8-201 [M21][Import] and [Export] button in LTE AFC control.....................................................................246
Figure 8-202 [M21] LTE RSSI......................................................................................................................................247
Figure 8-203 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test ...................................................................................248
Figure 8-204 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to get advised DL power and gain ...................................................249
Figure 8-205 [M50] LTE RSSI......................................................................................................................................249
Figure 8-206 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test ...................................................................................250
Figure 8-207 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to get advised DL power and gain ...................................................251
Figure 8-208 [M70] LTE RSSI......................................................................................................................................251
Figure 8-209 [M21] LTE type 1 route Path Loss .......................................................................................................252
Figure 8-210 [M21] LTE type 2 route Path Loss .......................................................................................................253 Classification: Confidential B
Figure 8-211 [M21] [Read] and [Write] path loss data in LTE Path Loss ................................................................254
Figure 8-212 [M21] [Import] and [Export] path loss data in LTE Path Loss............................................................255
Figure 8-213 [M50] LTE type 1 route Path Loss .......................................................................................................257
Figure 8-214 [M50] LTE type 2 route Path Loss .......................................................................................................258
Figure 8-215 [M50] [Read] and [Write] path loss data in LTE Path Loss ................................................................259
Figure 8-216 [M50] [Import] and [Export] path loss data in LTE Path Loss............................................................260
Figure 8-217 [M70] LTE type 1 route Path Loss .......................................................................................................262
Figure 8-218 [M70] LTE type 2 route Path Loss .......................................................................................................263
Figure 8-219 [M21] LTE Continuous RX normal mode ............................................................................................264

24 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 8-220 [M21] LTE Continuous RX forced mode..............................................................................................264


Figure 8-221 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE Continuous RX...................................................................265
Figure 8-222 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to trigger Route Calculator...............................................................265
Figure 8-223 [M50] LTE Continuous RX normal mode ............................................................................................266
Figure 8-224 [M50] LTE Continuous RX forced mode..............................................................................................266
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-225 [M70] LTE Continuous RX ....................................................................................................................267


Figure 8-226 [M21] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX ....................................................................................................................268
Figure 8-227 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSRP/RSRQ RX .........................................................................268
Figure 8-228 [M50] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX ....................................................................................................................269
Figure 8-229 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger RSRP/RSRQ RX .........................................................................269
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-230 [M70] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX ....................................................................................................................270


Figure 8-231 [M70] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX Force mode ...............................................................................................271
Figure 8-232 [M21] LTE Single Tone TX.....................................................................................................................272
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-233 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE Single Tone TX ...................................................................272
Figure 8-234 [M21] Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] button to get PD value.......................................................................273
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-235 [M50] LTE Single Tone TX.....................................................................................................................273


Figure 8-236 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE Single Tone TX ...................................................................274
Figure 8-237 [M50] Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] button to get PD value.......................................................................274
Figure 8-238 [M70] LTE Single Tone TX.....................................................................................................................275
Figure 8-239 [M21] LTE PUSCH TX ............................................................................................................................276
Figure 8-240 [M21]Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX............................................................................277
Figure 8-241 [M50] LTE PUSCH TX ............................................................................................................................277
Figure 8-242 [M50]Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX............................................................................277
Figure 8-243 [M70] LTE PUSCH TX ............................................................................................................................278
Figure 8-244 [M70] LTE PUSCH TX Force mode .......................................................................................................279
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-245 [M21] LTE PUCCH TX............................................................................................................................280


Figure 8-246 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX...........................................................................280
Figure 8-247 [M21] LTE PRACH TX ............................................................................................................................281
Figure 8-248 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX...........................................................................282
Figure 8-249 [M21] LTE SRS TX..................................................................................................................................282
Figure 8-250 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX...........................................................................283
Figure 8-251 [M50] LTE SRS TX..................................................................................................................................283
Figure 8-252 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX...........................................................................284
Figure 8-253 [M21] LTE TPC Profile ..........................................................................................................................284
Figure 8-254 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE TPC profil e..........................................................................285

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 25

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 8-255 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile.....................................................................286
Figure 8-256 [M50] LTE TPC Profile ..........................................................................................................................289
Figure 8-257 [M50] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE TPC profile..........................................................................290
Figure 8-258 [M50] [Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile.....................................................................291
Figure 8-259 [M70] LTE APT Profile ..........................................................................................................................294

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 8-260 [M21] LTE RF Diagram..........................................................................................................................295
Figure 8-261 [M21] LTE DPD PA Profile ....................................................................................................................296
Figure 8-262 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE DPD PA profile....................................................................297
Figure 8-263 [M21][Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile......................................................................297
Figure 8-264 [M21] LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator .............................................................................................300

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 8-265 [M21] [Support Band] sample in LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator .................................................301
Figure 8-266 [M21] Click [Generate] button to generate TX/RX temperaure compensation ..............................301
Figure 8-267 [M50] LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator .............................................................................................302

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-268 [M50] [Support Band] sample in LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator .................................................303
Figure 8-269 [M50] Click [Generate] button to generate TX/RX temperaure compensation ..............................303

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-270 [M70] LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator .............................................................................................304
Figure 8-271 [M70] [Support Band] sample in LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator .................................................305
Figure 8-272 [M70] Click [Generate] button to generate TX temperature compensation ...................................305
Figure 8-273 Select [C2K RF Tool] from main selection menu ................................................................................306
Figure 8-274 [C2K RF Tool] RF feature pages ...........................................................................................................306
Figure 8-275 [C2K RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu..............................................................................307
Figure 8-276 [C2K RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself ..................................................................307
Figure 8-277 [M21] C2K AFC Control ........................................................................................................................308
Figure 8-278 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger C2K AFC test.............................................................................308
Figure 8-279 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the C2K Init-AFC DAC and Slope..................................309
Figure 8-280 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K AFC control........................................................................310 Classification: Confidential B
Figure 8-281 [M21][Import] and [Export] button in C2K AFC control ....................................................................311
Figure 8-282 [M21] C2K temperature ADC ..............................................................................................................311
Figure 8-283 [M21] [Fetch ADC] button in C2K temperature ADC .........................................................................312
Figure 8-284 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K temperature ADC..............................................................313
Figure 8-285 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K temperature ADC.........................................................314
Figure 8-286 [M21] C2K RX .......................................................................................................................................315
Figure 8-287 [M21] Click [Start Single] button to trigger C2K RSSI test.................................................................315
Figure 8-288 [M21] Click [Start Continuous] button to trigger C2K receiving continuously ................................316
Figure 8-289 [M21] C2K RX Path Loss.......................................................................................................................317

26 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 8-290 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K RX Path Loss ......................................................................318
Figure 8-291 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K RX Path Loss .................................................................319
Figure 8-292 [M21] C2K TX........................................................................................................................................320
Figure 8-293 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger C2K TX test...............................................................................321
Figure 8-294 [M21] Click [Re-Config] button to update C2K TX testing parameters.............................................321
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-295 [M21] Click [Fetch] button to fetch C2K TX power detector result .................................................322
Figure 8-296 [M21] C2K TPC Profile..........................................................................................................................323
Figure 8-297 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K TPC profile.........................................................................324
Figure 8-298 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K TPC profile....................................................................325
Figure 8-299 [M21] C2K DPD Profile.........................................................................................................................330
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-300 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K DPD profile........................................................................331
Figure 8-301 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K DPD profile...................................................................332
Figure 8-302 [M21] C2K MIPI TPA Profile.................................................................................................................337
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-303 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K MIPI TPA profile ................................................................338
Figure 8-304 [M21] C2K temperature coefficient....................................................................................................338
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-305 [M21] C2K temperature coefficient generate output file.................................................................339


Figure 8-306 [M21] C2K FHC.....................................................................................................................................340
Figure 8-307 [M21] [Read] and [Import] button in C2K FHC .................................................................................341
Figure 8-308 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger C2K FHC....................................................................................342
Figure 8-309 [M21] C2K NSFT ...................................................................................................................................342
Figure 8-310 [M21] [Enter] and [Exit] button in C2K NSFT .....................................................................................343
Figure 8-311 [M21] [Start TX] and [Fetch FER] button in C2K NSFT.......................................................................343
Figure 8-312 C2K debug.............................................................................................................................................344
Figure 8-313 Read / Write C2K BSI register in specific address ..............................................................................344
Figure 8-314 Read / Write C2K MIPI register in specific address............................................................................345
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-315 Start C2K self-calibration.....................................................................................................................345


Figure 8-316 Read / export C2K self-calibration data..............................................................................................346
Figure 8-317 Select [NR RF Tool] from main selection menu .................................................................................346
Figure 8-318 Select [NR RF Tool] from main selection menu .................................................................................347
Figure 8-319 [NR RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu ...............................................................................347
Figure 8-320 [NR RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself....................................................................348
Figure 8-321 [M70] NR RSSI ......................................................................................................................................348
Figure 8-322 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR RSSI test..............................................................................349
Figure 8-323 [M70] Click [Calculate] button to get NR RSSI advised DL power and gain .....................................350
Figure 8-324 [M70] NR type 1 route Path Loss ........................................................................................................351

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 27

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
Lists of Figures

Figure 8-325 [M70] NR type 2 route Path Loss ........................................................................................................352


Figure 8-326 [M70] [Read] and [Write] path loss data in NR Path Loss .................................................................352
Figure 8-327 [M70] [Import] and [Export] path loss data in NR Path Loss ............................................................353
Figure 8-328 [M70] NR Continuous RX.....................................................................................................................355
Figure 8-329 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Continuous RX ...................................................................355

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 8-330 [M70] NR RSRP Force Mode................................................................................................................356
Figure 8-331 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR RSRP Force mode ..............................................................357
Figure 8-332 [M70] NR RSRP Normal Mode, Mimo Type[2x2]...............................................................................358
Figure 8-333 [M70] NR RSRP Normal Mode, Mimo Type[4x4]...............................................................................359
Figure 8-334 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR RSRP Normal ......................................................................360

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 8-335 [M70] NR Single Tone TX .....................................................................................................................361
Figure 8-336 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Single Tone TX....................................................................362
Figure 8-337 [M70] Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] button to get PD value.......................................................................362

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-338 [M70] NR APT Profile...........................................................................................................................363
Figure 8-339 [M70] [Read] and [Write] button in NR APT profile ..........................................................................364

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-340 [M70] [Import] and [Export] button in NR APT profile .....................................................................365
Figure 8-341 [M70] NR Forced PUSCH TX ................................................................................................................367
Figure 8-342 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Forced PUSCH TX ...............................................................368
Figure 8-343 [M70] NR Normal PUSCH TX ...............................................................................................................368
Figure 8-344 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Normal PUSCH TX..............................................................369
Figure 8-345 [M70] NR Temp. Coefficient Generator..............................................................................................370
Figure 8-346 [M70] [Support Band] sample in NR Temp. Coefficient Generator ..................................................371
Figure 8-347 [M70] Click [Generate] button to generate TX temperature compensation ...................................371
Figure 9-1 [Console Tool] Config_maui.xml .............................................................................................................372
Figure 9-2 [Console Tool] Connection section .........................................................................................................373
Figure 9-3 [Console Tool] Modem action section ....................................................................................................374 Classification: Confidential B
Figure 9-4 [Console Tool] Log section.......................................................................................................................376
Figure 9-5 [Console Tool] Disconnection section.....................................................................................................378
Figure 9-6 [Console Tool] RFCalibration section ......................................................................................................379
Figure 9-7 [Console Tool] Modem META console mode operation........................................................................381
Figure 9-8 [Console Tool] Open the cmd.exe...........................................................................................................381
Figure 9-9 [Console Tool] Enter the tool folder........................................................................................................382
Figure 9-10 [Console Tool] Enter the command ......................................................................................................382
Figure 9-11 [Console Tool] Enter the command ......................................................................................................382
Figure 9-12 [Console Tool] Enter the command ......................................................................................................382

28 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

Lists of Figures
MT6001

Figure 9-13 [Console Tool] Enter the command ......................................................................................................383

29

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)
MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
1 Introduction

1 Introduction

The document is META (Mobile Engineering Testing Architecture) application note. META application is
composed of the main form and service tools of platform/RF. META tool is window application tools at PC side.

MediaTek Confidential
Main form provides the entry of the connection type and AP/MD logging setting, loading MD DB and
modem/modem image switch flow. META service tools are available only when connection is finished. The
service tools offers versatile testing features in RF TX/RX/AFC control, NVRAM access testing and editing, IMEI
download, getting hardware and software version, updating parameter and general purpose RF testing control,
but all testing procedure should be operated manually due to no specific instrument control. Contrarily, [RF
Calibration] in the META tool provides the RF calibration and ADC calibration function required in factory mass
production line.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
1.1 Purpose
This document provides the user guidelines for the META and associated utilities. We aim for providing easy to

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


learn, easy to use, and hard to misuse functions.

1.2 Scope
This document focuses on usage of META. The following sections introduce target connection and the functions
of platform tools and RF tools.

1.3 Who Should Read This Document


This document is primarily intended for developers who need to test and calibrate 2/3/4/5G RF, get modem

Classification: Confidential B
common information and update calibration data or NVRAM data in MediaTek Smartphone and a range of other
modem-based products.

1.4 How to Use This Manual


This section explains how information is distributed in this document, Table 1-1 presents an overview of the
chapters and appendices in this document.

Table 1-1. Chapter Overview

Chapter Contents
Installation Help you to install META step by step
Main Form Provide the basic configuration for a connection and the basic control flow
Platform Tools Introduce the platform related tools, such as IMEI download or NVRAM editor…etc.

30 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
1 Introduction

Chapter Contents
RF tools Introduce the RF related tools, such as GSM RF tool or Update Prameter…etc.
Describe how to use “Meta Console Tool” that supports connection and
Console Tool
Updateprameter …etc.

1.4.1 Terms and Conventions


MediaTek Confidential

N/A

1.5 Environment requirement


OS supports:

 Windows 2000, XP, Windows and Windows 10


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

The following driver and library are needed for RF calibration and Lab tuning:

 NI (National Instruments) GPIB-USB driver (The driver is bundled with NI GPIB-USB device) or GPIB-USB
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

driver.
 Get the latest driver via http://sine.ni.com/psp/app/doc/p/id/psp-356/lang/en
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Hardware:

 Generic Pentium III or above PC

The following hardware is needed for META Recalibration

1. NI or GPIB-USB device
2. RF Instrument for calibration
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 31

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

2 References
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


2 References

32
N/A
Customer Support

3 Definitions
MT6001

33

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)
3 Definitions

N/A
MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

4 Abbreviations
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


4 Abbreviations

34
N/A
Customer Support
MT6001
5 Installation

5 Installation

Please execute set up.exe, such as [ModemMETA_exe_vXXXXXXX.exe], to start installing META. The install shield
will help you to install META step by step. (We use the v10.1828.0 version as example)
MediaTek Confidential

1. Double click setup.exe.


2. Please click [Next>] button.
3. Please select a directory to install and click [Next>] button.
4. After confirm your installation settings, please click [Install] button to start installation.
5. After the installation complete, please click [Finish] button.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 5-1 [Installation] Please click [Next >] button.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 35

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

5 Installation
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


.

Figure 5-2 [Installation] Please select a directory to install and then click [Install] button.

Modem META Tool


36
Customer Support
MT6001
5 Installation
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 5-3 [Installation] The Installation is complete, please click [Finish] button.

Note: After installation, there will be a META shortcut icon on windows desktop and programs menu. You
can click the META icon to start it.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 37

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

6 Main Form

This chapter is about the META application main page, including the basic configuration for a connection and
the basic control flow of the target. The detail of each component on the main form will be introduced in the
following sections.

MediaTek Confidential
6.1 GUI Introduction
 Disconnected
Before start the connection, Modem META allows you to change platform connection settings and logging
settings on the main page.
1. Setup the settings from the main page

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


2. Click Connect
3. Power on the target

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-1 GUI introduction – before connection

After start the connection, the connection progress window is displayed and shows the latest logging
progress and the connection status. The following table is the descriptions of the icons:

Table 6-1 Connection stage icons

38 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

Icon Description
Done

Skip

Ongoing

Error
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-2 GUI introduction - connecting

After connect to the target, you can do the following operations:


4. Load NVRAM database and switch modem from the top button.
Classification: Confidential B

5. Start the sub-tools from the search bar.


6. Click Modem Information Window Button for the information of the modem and RF chip on the top-
right-corner.

6.2 Option platform setting


The Platform setting includes basic and advanced settings.

1. The basic settings provides Platform type, COM Port and Baud rate.
2. Click Show Advanced settings for ADB service configuration and power supply control.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 39

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-3 Option platform setting

6.2.1 Platform types


Select the platform type according to the target and the firmware you used.

 Smart phone:the target with stock firmware


 Thin Modem:the target with customized dummy AP firmware
 Data Card : Products Data card with modem only firmware Classification: Confidential B
 Customer Premise Equipment: Products Customer Premise Equipment with AP firmware

40 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

 More
o DUT in META Mode: connect to the target which is already in META mode
o Android Test Mode: connect to the target in Android test mode with ATM tool
o XL1 Simulator: connect to XL1 simulator

6.2.2 COM port and baud rate


MediaTek Confidential

If you use USB for connection, select “USB” and “Auto Connection” as COM Port configuration. META tool will
automatically detect the port connected to the target. You can also specified the COM number by yourself in
“DUT in META Mode”. For UART connection case, you have to select the specified COM port and corresponding
baud rate.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

6.3 Option tool log setting


Modem META allows you to enable/disable the tool logs and the configure log path. By default, the tool log
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

option is enabled and is stored at C:\. The COM Port Log is supported, so you can click the check box to enable
COM port logs.
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-4 Option tool log setting

6.4 Option target log setting


You can enable/Disable the configure log path and the target logs which contains Modem/AP log. By default,
the target log option is disabled.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 41

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

 Modem META provides three methods for you to record Modem log:
1. Log to Catcher/ELT: Select Log to Catcher/ELT for saving logs to Catcher/ELT tools. Open
ELT/Catcher tools before connection is required.
2. Log to PC file: Select Log to PC file for saving logs to the folder in PC.
3. Log to the target’s SD Card: Select Log to the target’s SD Card for saving log to the folder in target.
 Modem META also provides two methods for you to record Modem log:

MediaTek Confidential
1. Log to GAT: Select Log to GAT for saving logs to GAT tool. Open GAT tool before connection is
requir
2. Log to PC file: Select Log to PC file for saving logs to the folder in PC.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-5 Open target log setting

6.4.1 How to enable Target Log


You can save AP log and modem log by META tool for further analysis. Before the tool
connection(disconnected status), turn on the "Target Log" and make sure that“Modem log” and “AP log” are
checked. By default, Modem log is set to save in PC file; AP log is set to save via GAT. Before the tool

connection, open GAT and click the log button to save the log,and the button will change to red. Click

in META tool and wait for the .

42 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

43
Note: GAT path: \\mtksfs02\WirelessTools\ToolRelease\Debugging Tool\GAT.

Figure 6-7 Target log default set


Figure 6-6 Enable the target log

Modem META Tool


Figure 6-8 GAT

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)



MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 6-9 Connect to Modem meta

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


6.4.2 MD/AP log

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


MD log

We can get the log files from the setting path. The default setting of the folder is the same with the tool log.
(C:/MauiMETA_LOG)

Figure 6-10 MD log path

 AP log

Classification: Confidential B
Do meta connection, related operation, and click the button to stop the save log. Then we can get the log files
from the setting path.

44 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 6-11 AP log path


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

6.4.3 Advanced configuration UI


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Click to see more configurations for logging. And it can be set before the tool connection.

Figure 6-12 Expand the target log setting


Classification: Confidential B

After expand the target log setting, you can select Log to Catcher/ELT, PC File and Target’s SD Card. If you select
Catcher/ELT, execute Catcher/ELT before the tool connection. You can set the log folder for saving the log to PC
by selecting PC File. You also can save the log to SD card by selecting Target’s SD Card. And set the target filter
path to save the log to PC file and SD card. It can be set before the tool connection and after the tool connection.

Figure 6-13 Modem log options

After expand the target log setting, you can select Log to GAT and PC File. If you select GAT, please execute GAT
before the tool connection. You can set the log folder for saving the log to PC by selecting PC File.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 45

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

Figure 6-14 AP log options

MediaTek Confidential
6.4.4 Modem log to Catcher/ELT
Step 1: Select Log to Catcher/ELT.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 6-15 Log to Catcher/ELT

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Step 2: Open ELT, select a database, and click “Load”.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-16 ELT target logging mode

Step 3: Click the connect button and wait for the tool. The tool will remind you of ELT setting.

46 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 6-17 Connect to Modem META


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Step 4: Connect to ELT. Remember to select the ELT setting that Modem META displayed the remind window
when META conncting.
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

The ELT setting is according to the project, see as below:

 META mode logging: Before M21 modem projects


 ELT Port or Auto port: M21, M50 and M70 modem projects
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-18 Select the Conn. Mode

Step 5: Wait for “Connected”

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 47

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 6-19 Modem META connect with ELT

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Note: It is optional to set the target filter via “Control” -> “Set Target Filter” after the tool connected successfully.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-20 Set ELT target filter

Classification: Confidential B

6.4.5 Modem log to PC file


Step 1: Enable “Modem Log” and select “Log to PC File”.

Figure 6-21 Modem log to PC file

48 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

Note: It is optional to set “Log Folder Path” and “Target Filter Path”. The default setting is the same with the
tool log. The modem filter bin file path can be set before the tool connection .You can reset the modem filter
bin file path after the tool connection.
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 6-22 Set log folder path


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-23 Set target filter path

Step 2: The filter bin file is created by ELT. The SW load provides a meta default filter bin file.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 49

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-24 Create a filter bin file

Step 3: Click the connect button and wait for .

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-25 Connect to Modem META with Modem log to “PC File”

6.4.6 Modem log to the target’s SD Card


Step 1: Enable the modem log and select “Log to Target’s SD Card”.

50 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 6-26 Select “Log to Target’s SD Card”

Step 2: Click and wait for .


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-27 Connect to Modem META with Modem log to”Target’s SD Card”

6.4.7 AP log to GAT


Classification: Confidential B

Step 1: Enable AP Log and select Log to GAT.

Figure 6-28 AP log to GAT

Before the tool connection, open GAT and click Log button to save a log (the button turns to red).

 GAT path: \\mtksfs02\WirelessTools\ToolRelease\Debugging Tool\GAT

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 51

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


Figure 6-30 Connect to Modem META with AP log to “GAT”
.
Figure 6-29 Run GAT

Modem META Tool


and wait for

Step 3: Execute GAT and the tool setting.


Step 2: Click connect button

52
Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 6-31 Execute GAT and the tool setting


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

6.4.8 AP log to PC file


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Step 1: Select “Log to PC File”.

Figure 6-32 Select Log to PC File

It is optional to set “Log Folder Path”. By default, the setting is the same with the tool log.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-33 Set Log Folder Path

Step 2: Click the connect button and wait for .

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 53

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 6-34 Connect to META with AP log to “PC File”

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-35 The status of disable log

6.4.9 Get memory dump

The following figure shows that the modem occurs exception. The assertion message is shown in the red area,
Classification: Confidential B
you can find EE owner via the hyperlink. See more system trace about EE, ie. SW version, project, and the build
time by [Modem System Trace] view from “Search Tools”.

Figure 6-36 Modem META accesses the modem exception

54 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

 Get the memory dump via ELT


You need to select “Log to Catcher/ELT” in META tool first. Select “Tools” > “Memory Dump” >
“Dump” in ELT.
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 6-37 Log to Catcher/ELT


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-38 Memory dump via ELT

 Get the memory dump via Modem META - Log to PC File


You need to select “Log to PC File” in META tool first. Modem META tool will display the “MODEM
EXCEPTION” message and auto-memory-dump. In this moment, you must wait until auto-memory-
dump finishes without any operation. If you see the tool displays a message said: “Memory Dump
successfully” that means the download procedure finishes, and you can open [Modem System Trace]
view to see more information, or disconnect with dut.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-39 Log to PC file

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 55

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-40 The MODEM EXCEPTION message and Memory Dump progress

Figure 6-41 Memory dump successfully

The memory dump, Meta4GDumpFile_* log. Meta4GDumpFile_*_MemDump.bin, will be extracted after


opening the MUXRAW file.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-42 The memory dump bin file

 Get the memory dump via Modem META – Log to Target’s SD Card
To save log to SD card, you have to select “Log to Target’s SD Card” in META tool. When the modem
exception occurs, Modem META tool will display the “MODEM EXCEPTION” message and auto-
memory-dump. In this moment, you must wait until auto-memory-dump finishes without any
operation. If you see the tool displays a message said: “Memory Dump successfully” that means the

56 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

download procedure finishes, and you can open [Modem System Trace] view to see more information,
or disconnect with the target.
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 6-43 Log to Targets’s SD Card


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-44 The MODEM EXCEPTION message and Memory Dump progress

Figure 6-45 Memory dump successfully

 Get the memory dump via Modem META – Disable MD log


You need to select “Log to PC File” in META tool first. Modem META tool will display the “MODEM
EXCEPTION” message and auto-memory-dump. In this moment, you must wait until auto-memory-

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 57

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

dump finishes without any operation. If you see the tool displays a message said: “Memory Dump
successfully” that means the download procedure finishes, and you can open [Modem System Trace]
view to see more information, or disconnect with dut.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-46 The MODEM EXCEPTION message and Memory Dump progress

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-47 Memory dump successfully

Modem META Tool supports automatic memory dump when disable the modem log. By different project, a
filename of the memory dump may be different.

Figure 6-48 Memory dump when disable the modem log

58 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

6.4.10 Get UART log

If you need UART log for analyzing the related problems of bootloader or kernel, you need to have debug board
and third-party application to record the UART log. Here, we use the third-party application "Tera Term" for
recording the UART log.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-49 The preview of Tera Term application

The following steps are the tutorial of how to use "Tera Term" for recording UART log:

Step1: Plug debug board into PC and target, then execute "Tera Term" and select the comport number of
the debug board.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-50 Step1: Select the comport number of the debug board

Step2: Users need to select serial port speed to "921600"

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 59

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 6-51 Step2: Select the serial port speed to "921600"

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Step3: Enable the function of log to file. If you have not enabled this function, you will only get the logs
from the target but these logs are not stored to file.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-52 Step3: Enable the function of log to file

Step4: Connect to META Tool. Since uart log is default enabled, we unnecessarily set anything in META
Tool to get UART log. After META Tool bootup the target, we can see UART logs on "Tera Term" and these logs
will be stored to the user-speficied path.

60 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-53 Step4: Connect to META Tool


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

6.5 Option disconnect setting


Before clicking Disconnect option, it is allowed to adjust the disconnect options. Just click the down-arrow, and
select the options that you need.

Modem META now support for the following disconnect options:

1. Backup to BackupPartition/SDS before disconnect: When it is checked, META tool triggers the option
for the partition or SDS as backup before disconnect.
2. Shut down target when disconnect: When it is checked, META tool shuts down the target.
3. Clear META boot mode flag: When it is clicked, META tool clears META boot mode flag which is set by
Classification: Confidential B

FlashTool at download stage.

Note: AP database file must be assigned before enable this feature.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 61

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


Figure 6-54 Option disconnect setting

Modem META Tool


62
Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

6.6 Connect with the target by UART


You can follow the steps below to connect to the target by UART COM port:

1. Connect the UART cable to the targe


2. Select the UART COM port and assign COM port number
MediaTek Confidential

3. Click Connect button


4. Power on the target

The connection progress window is displayed and shows the latest logging progress and the connection
status. (Refer to Chapter6.1)
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-55 Connect with the target by UART

6.7 Connect with the target by USB


All of the operation procedures are the same with the UART case, except that you have to choose USB and
Auto Connection for COM Port configuraion. It should be noted that if you want to connect to the target by

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 63

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

specified COM port, the platform type should be set to More… -> Dut in META mode and the target should
be booted to META mode in advance.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-56 Connect with the target by USB

6.8 Connect to a telematics target


To create a connection for telematics target, such as MT2635 or MT2731, META tool supports two approaches.


Classification: Confidential B
Connect by “Auto Connection”
1) Select More… -> DUT in META Mode as platform type
2) Select USB and Auto Connection (Figure 6-57)
3) Click Connect button
4) Press and hold GPIO3 key and power on the target until it boots up

Then the connection progress window on the right will display and shows the connection status.

 Connect by “Specified COM port”

Meta tool can connect to the telematics target by the specified COM port if the target is already
powered on with META mode. To boot the target to META mode, you can hold GPIO3 key when power
on or use adb command: “reboot META”. The steps are as follows:

1) Power on the target into META mode


2) Open META tool and select More… -> DUT in META Mode as platform type

64 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

3) Select USB and specified COM port (MediaTek USB VCOM)


4) Click Connect button

Then the connection progress window on the right will display and shows the connection status. You
can check which mode the target is in now by adb command “cat proc/boot_mode” (Figure 6-58) or
port status from device manager (Figure 6-59).
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-57 Connect to the telematics target

Figure 6-58 Check target’s mode by adb command

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 65

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 6-59 Check target’s mode by port status

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


6.9 Start sub-tools
After connect to the target, the sub-tool search box is an easy-to-use option for you to survey the available sub-
tools. You can select one of the sub-tools from the tool list or enter the tool name in the search box to start
sub-tool.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-60 Start sub-tools

66 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

6.10 Start sub-tools in offline mode


You can start sub-tools which is available offline without having a connection to the target. Any sub-tool that is
available offline shows in black text color in search box, otherwise would be grayed out. While in offline mode,
most features will be unavailable, but you can switch to online mode at any time by clicking “Connect” button
on Main Form.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-61 Offline available sub-tool

6.11 Get modem information


Classification: Confidential B

After connect to the target, click the button on the top-right-corner. The modem information window is
displayed.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 67

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-62 Get modem information

6.12 Load NVRAM database


After connect to the target, click the Load DB in the tool bar, and then select one of the option to load the
database – you can choose to load the database from the target or from the PC file.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-63 Load NVRAM database

68 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

6.13 Switch dual modem


Dual Modem is supported for connecting with the target. You can switch MODEM1 or MODEM3 to control the
target via “Switch MD->Modem 1/MODEM 3”. The feature is available when the drop-down menu displays “Dual
MODEM”. You may refer to Modem Information Window to know the modem index. (See 3.16.11 Get modem
information)
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-64 Switch dual modem

6.14 Switch multiple modem type


When the target supports the world phone feature, you can switch Modem1 Software1 or Modem1 Software2
to control the target. You can refer to MODEM index and Software index indicator in the right side of the main
form. Furthermore, Modem META supports run-time for switching different modem types.

You can use Main form of META tool to switch modem type, i.e., SW image:

1. Select Modem 1 and switch the software image.


2. You can simultaneously get the current modem and the mode type from Modem Information
Classification: Confidential B

Window.
3. After switching software image, load the relevant NVRAM database. The steps are the same with
Dual-talk feature.
4. You can operate RF tool, IMEI Download, and etc. as usual.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 69

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 6-65 Switch multiple modem type

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


6.15 Enable modem META mode logging

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Since META v6.1308.0 and Catcher v3.1316.0, it supports META mode on-line and off-line logging for
debugging. Before META connection, you must choose the appropriate trace mode for different demands.
There are 2 modes, Log to PC File mode, and Log to Catcher/ELT mode. By default, the modem log is disabled.
Click the button to open the target log.

Note: When UART connection no matter which mode it is, if trace is enabled, please pay attention that the
target must support higher baudrate (e.g. 921600). Otherwise, the target cannot set too many filters. This is
because too many traces in low baudrate (e.g. 115200) will affect general META command behaviors (e.g. lose
META confirms).

6.15.1 Log to PC file mode

Classification: Confidential B
If you want to do off-line dump to file, it needs to follow the below procedures.

1. Enable Modem Log and select Log to PC file mode


2. Assign the log folder path to save the log
3. Please Connect to connect the target with META tool

After pressing “Disconnect” or META tool has been closed, the dump file will be generated in selected path. All
data received will be dumped to the designate path. The name of dump file is like
“MetaDumpFile_2013_02_19_15_21_24.dmp”. It means that the start time of the dump is at 15:21:24 on 2/19
in 2013. You can use Catcher to open the dump file and then analyze it.

If you just want to connect META tool without trace, it has nothing special to do. The default option is “Switch
META trace mode -> None”. It represents that it is General Mode in META tool.

70 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-66 Log to PC file mode

6.15.2 Log to Catcher/ELT


If you want to do on-line logging with catcher/ ELT, it needs to follow the procedures below.

1. Execute Catcher/ELT and enter logging mode


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-67 Catcher logging

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 71

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 6-68 ELT logging

2. Select the Database (not meta DB) and Click “OK” for Catcher / “Load” for ETL

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-69 Set Catcher database path

Classification: Confidential B
Figure 6-70 Set ELT database path

3. Connection Configure in Catcher/ELT for META mode

72 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

73
Figure 6-71 Meta mode logging in Catcher

Figure 6-72 Meta mode logging in ELT

Modem META Tool


4. Enable Modem Log and select Log to “Catcher/ELT” mode

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-73 Meta Catcher/ELT mode

5. Click Connect to connect the target with META tool

After these steps, you can use both META tool and Catcher/ELT in the same time. Before using Catcher/ELT,
please remember to enable trace if target supports META mode trace. All traces will be relayed to Catcher/ELT.

Note: If you select Log to ELT/Catcher, please be sure to execute Catcher and make sure Catcher is connected.
If not, doing any META command will probably suffer abnormal timeout.

6.16 Apply modem log filter to target Classification: Confidential B

 You can assign a filter path and click Apply to apply the modem log filter to the target. The button Apply is
available only when the target supports META mode logging and the modem logging is enable.

74 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-74 Apply modem log filter to target

 SOP for “set modem log filter to target”:


Step 1: Obtain the filter by Cgen or Logging tools (ELT and Catcher) .Please use the NVRAM database
which matches the software and hardware version of the target to generate the filter.
Step 2: Choose the filter from Step1 to apply to the target.
Note: Please pay attention to the following descriptions; otherwise, it may cause the unexpected
results. (e.g., target asserts or set modem log filter not work)
1. If either software version or hardware version of target is changed, please choose the proper
Classification: Confidential B

NVRAM database again to generate the filter for target.( i.e., Redone Step 1 again before
doing Step 2)
2. The filter obtained by logging tool needs to be exported to “.bin” not to “.ini”. (e.g., Select
“Export to catcher_filter.bin” In ELT tool or “Export to *.bin” in Catcher).You can examine the
start pattern of the filter whether to be “CD AB 54 24”.

6.16.1 Enable AP META mode logging


The feature supports META mode on-line and off-line logging for debugging. Before META connection, you
must choose the appropriate trace mode for different demands. There are 2 modes, Log to PC File mode, and
Log to GAT mode. By default, AP log is disabled. If you need to enable the feature, turn on the switch of the
target log or check AP Log.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 75

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-75 Enable AP META mode logging

6.16.1.1 Log to PC file mode

If you want to do off-line dump to file, follow the steps as below.

1. Enable AP Log and select Log to “ PC file” mode


2. Assign the log folder path to save the log
3. Press Connect to connect target with META tool

Classification: Confidential B

76 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-76 Log to PC file mode

6.16.1.2 Log to PC File mode

If you want to do on-line logging with catcher/ ELT, it needs to follow the steps below.

1. Execute GAT and click Log button to save the log


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-77 GAT

2. Enable AP Log and select Log to GAT

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 77

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-78 Log to GAT

3. Click Connect to connect the target with META tool

6.16.2 Clear log


You can press Ctrl + X or click via "More -> Clear Log" to clear the logs.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-79 Clear log

78 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

6.16.3 Enable/disable open database

You can click the check box to enable/disable the open database (XML DB). This option is enabled by default.
Uncheck it if you are likely to use EDB.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-80 Enable/disable open database

6.17 Rules of auto find USB com port through VID/PID


If you choose USB COM while selecting COM Port, META Tool will auto detect the incremental com port which
VID/PID is match to the whitelist.
Classification: Confidential B

The whitelist is defined in two files:

1. /configs/MF_Setup.txt: In [USB Filter] section.


2. /configs/UsbAutoPortConfig.txt

The following describes difference of com ports between two platforms:

1. Modem Only: This platform has two kinds of com ports. One is META port, the other is ELT port.
2. SmartPhone: This platform has four kinds of com ports. The first is Preloader port, the second is
BootRom port, the next is Kernel port and the last is Debug port.

The following section describes that the whitelist settings of different com ports in different platforms:

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 79

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

6.17.1 3.16.1 Modem Only

6.17.1.1 3.16.1.1 META port


The META port is used to transmit the requests and the response to/from target.

The whitelist of META port is defined in the field of “META com port filter” which is in /configs/MF_Setup.txt.

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 6-81 META com port filter setting

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


6.17.1.2 3.16.1.2 ELT port

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


The ELT port is used to transmit the modem logs and the memory dump from target to PC.
The whitelist of ELT port is defined in /configs/UsbAutoPortConfig.txt.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-82 ELT com port filter setting

Classification: Confidential B
6.17.2 3.16.2 SmartPhone

6.17.2.1 3.16.2.1 Preloader&BootRom port

The Preloader and BootRom port are used to handshake with AP for booting-up the target. After handshake, this
port will close and the Kernel port and the Debug port will open when the target bootup successfully.

The whitelist of Preloader and BootRom port are defined in the fields of “Preloader single port filter”, “Preloader
composite port filter” and “BootRom com port filter” which is in /configs/MF_Setup.txt.

80 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

Figure 6-83 Preloader & BootRom com port filter setting


MediaTek Confidential

6.17.2.2 3.16.2.2 Kernel port

The Kernel port is used to transmit the requests and the response to/from ta rget.
The whitelist of Kernel port is defined in the field of “Kernel com port filter” which is in /configs/MF_Setup.txt.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-84 Kernel com port filter setting


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

6.17.2.3 3.16.2.3 Debug port

The Debug port is used to transmit the modem logs and the memory dump from target to PC.

The whitelist of Debug port is defined in the field of “Debug com port filter” which is in /configs/MF_Setup.txt.

Figure 6-85 Debug com port filter setting


Classification: Confidential B

Note: Must keep a space between two VID/PIDs.

6.18 SLA
You can set AP SLA and modem SLA configuration via META tool .

6.18.1 AP SLA
AP SLA configuration is in “Settings -> Security” (Figure 6-86). To pass AP SLA, you have to select corresponding
authentication file and certification file and replace SLA_Challenge.dll in the folder of META tool/bin (Figure 6-87)
with the one in the SW load. If AP SLA verification failed, META tool will be not allowed to connect to the target
and the connection will fail at boot stage.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 81

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 6-86 Security setting for AP SLA

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 6-87 SLA_Challenge.dll path

6.18.2 3.17.2 Modem SLA

For the SIM lock related NVRAM LIDs, which are listed in Custom_META_IsSecureLid function, onl y the
authenticated META Tool can read/write them. To obtain Modem SLA authentication, you have to replace
SLA_Challenge.dll in the folder of META tool/bin (Figure 6-87) with the corresponding one in the SW load. If

82 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
6 Main Form

SLA_Challenge.dll in META tool is not verified, META tool will have a warning icon beside the connection status.
In this situation, most of tool operations will not be affected, only accessing security related LIDs list on the
warning message is not allowed (Figure 6-88).
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 6-88 Modem SLA warning message


Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 83

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools

7 Platform Tools

This chapter will introduce the platform related tools. Its GUI layout will not change along modem generation.
It provides the general information or utility of the target, such as IMEI download or NVRAM editor…etc. You
can open multiple tools at the same time, but can not operate tools until the target is availible. Each tool will

MediaTek Confidential
be introduced in the following sections.

7.1 Get Version


You can use [Get version] tool to get version of the baseband chip, DSP firmware, DSP patch, software and
hardware version. This tool can be luanched after connecting to the target.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 7-1 Select [Get version] button from main selection menu

84 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 7-2 Click [Read] button to get version


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 7-3 Result of getting target version

7.2 NVRAM Editor


The data saved in target is constructed by many records. NVRAM editor can edit each value in each record in
the target. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target and loading the database.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 85

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

7 Platform Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


Figure 7-4 Select [NVRAM Editor] button from main selection menu

Modem META Tool


86
Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools

Figure 7-5 [NVRAM Editor] Main page

7.2.1 LID tree and RID tree

The LID tree at left side is automatically generated after loading the NVRAM database file. The RID tree at the
right side displays the records of the selected LID. The record is expand automatically if there was only one
MediaTek Confidential

record. You can modify the size of two trees by dragging the splitter bar between them. You can use the context
menu to expand/collapse more nodes at the same time. Right-click the mouse button on the tree to use the
context menu.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 7-6 [NVRAM Editor] Drag the splitter bar


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 7-7 [NVRAM Editor] Expand/collapse more nodes

7.2.2 Hex Editor


Classification: Confidential B

Hex Editor displays the the NVRAM contents of the selected RID and LID. It provides a way to directly edit the
raw data of NVRAM contents. Hex Editor not only offers full basic functionality such as highlighted modified data,
undo, redo, selection operations, but also provides advanced functions such as copy-and-paste between Hex
Editor and clipboard to edit more conveniently. You can start Hex Editor from clicking the button “Hex Editor”.

Figure 7-8 [NVRAM Editor] Click [Hex Editor] button to start Hex Editor

7.2.3 LID filter region


LID filter supports “All”, “Modified”, and “Selected” three obvious options for you.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 87

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools

Table 7-1 [NVRAM Editor] LID support options

Option Description
All Shows all LID
Modified Only shows the modified LID (red LID)
Selected Only shows the selected LID

In addition to the above filters, LID filter can further filter the LID. LID filter uses the case-insensitive substring

MediaTek Confidential
matching to find the LID name when you enter a text in the search bar. If you need to find
“NVRAM_EF_SYS_STATISTICS_LID”, you can try to enter “sys stat” in the search bar. LID filter uses the exact
matching to fine the LID number when you input a number in the search bar. If you know the exact LID number,
you can enter the number directly.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 7-9 [NVRAM Editor] LID filter region

7.2.4 Field filter region


Users are more capable of finding specific fields by narrowing down the RID tree. Field filter uses the case-
insensitive substring matching to find the RID field name when you enter a text in the search bar. If you need to
find “pcscf_port_number”, you can try to input “port_” in the search bar and then press ENTER. The RID tree will
be narrowed down and only “port_” related fields will be displayed. Field filter also support multiple filters and
separated by spaces. For instance, if you would like to display only the “udp” and “audio” fields in the RID tree,

Classification: Confidential B
you could input “udp” and “audio” in the search bar and separated by space.

Figure 7-10 [NVRAM Editor] Field Filter Region

88 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 7-11 [NVRAM Editor] Result of input multiple field filters


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

7.2.5 Column region


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

You can show/hide these columns that you’re interested in.


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 7-12 [NVRAM Editor] Adjustable columns

7.2.6 Format region


You can change the format for any field, for example: DEX, HEX, and char. But some fields have no effect, such as
the enumeration type. When you change a1 node which has children, the format of all its children is changed at
Classification: Confidential B

the same time.

Note: Some types only support the Hex format.

7.2.7 Read from NVRAM


When a record is selected, its value is read from the target automatically if it has never been read.

You can also click “Read” button to read a current record from NVRAM manually.

Note: It will not read all records selected by the checkbox.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 89

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools

Figure 7-13 Click [Read] button to read a record from NVRAM

MediaTek Confidential
7.2.8 Edit the value of the field by RID tree

You can edit the value of a structure field by clicking its value column. And then enter the value to set up. The
color of the modified field, structure, RID, LID, and category will be changed to red.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 7-14 [NVRAM Editor] Edit the value of the field

7.2.9 Edit the value of the field by Hex Editor

You can directly edit the raw data of a structure field by Hex Editor. When you select a field on RID tree, the offset
and size of the field will be highlighted in yellow color on Hex Editor. The modified data are marked in red color
and undo (Ctrl-Z) and redo (Ctrl-Y) operations are supported. Besides, Hex Editor provides copy and paste
function so that you can conveniently copy and paste data between Hex Editor and clipboard.

Classification: Confidential B

90 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 7-15 [NVRAM Editor] Selected field from RID tree is highlighted in yellow color
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 7-16 [NVRAM Editor] Modified data are marked in red color

Figure 7-17 [NVRAM Editor] Copy and paste between hex editor and clipboard

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 91

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools

7.2.10 Write to NVRAM

You need to click “Write” button to write all modifications to NVRAM. That is to say; all the red records are
written after clicking “Write” button.

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 7-18 [NVRAM Editor] Save the selected record to target

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


7.2.11 Export to file

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Before export to a file, you need to click the “Select” button to select some records. Use the context menu to
select or deselect many nodes at once. Click “Export” button to export the selected records to a file.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 7-19 [NVRAM Editor] Export to file

7.2.12 Import from file


You can click “Import” button to import the selected records and the values from a file.

Note: Before import from a file, the checkboxes for selecting will be cleaned.

92 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools

Figure 7-20 [NVRAM Editor] Import from file


MediaTek Confidential

7.2.13 LID Category Customization


You can customize the category in "User_Latest_Settings.txt" by LID prefix or by the white list.

Note:
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

 If you customized the category by LID prefix, the tool will classify the LID with prefix "NVRAM_EF_XXX"
under category "XXX LID".
 If you customized the category by the white list, the tool will classify "NVRAM_EF_XXX" and
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

"NVRAM_EF_YYY" under category "AAA LID". And the category priority of this white list is higher than
prefix. "User_Latest_Settings.txt" will not be overwritten after updating Modem META tool.
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Table 7-2LID [NVRAM Editor] Category Customization

Defined by LID prefix Defined by the white list


[Customer NVRAMEDITOR LID Category]  [NVRAMEDITOR LID Customize List Category 1]
Customer defined LID category1 = XXX Category Name = AAA LID
Customer defined LID category2 = YYY LID1 = NVRAM_EF_XXX
LID2 = NVRAM_EF_YYY
 [NVRAMEDITOR LID Customize List Category 2]
 Category Name = BBB LID

7.3 IMEI Download


Classification: Confidential B

You can use [IMEI download] window to read/write IMEI from/to target or import/export IMEI from/to file. You
can start it from main page after connecting to the target.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 93

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 7-21 Select [IMEI download] button from main selection menu

7.3.1 Read / Write IMEI


Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to read/save IMEI of target

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 7-22 Click [Read] button to read IMEI from target

94 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 7-23 Result of read IMEI from target


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 7-24 Click [Write] button to write IMEI to target


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 7-25 Result of write IMEI to target

7.3.2 Import / Export IMEI


Click [Import] / [Export] buttons to load/save IMEI of file.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 95

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 7-26 Click [Import] button to import IMEI from file

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 7-27 Result of import IMEI from file

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 7-28 Click [Export] button to import IMEI to file

96 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 7-29 Result of import IMEI to file

The following is the INI file format of IMEI. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

value based on its format.

[IMEI]
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

IMEI=10000100002124
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

7.4 MEID Download


You can use MEID download window to read/write MEID from/to target or import/export MEID from/to file. You
can switch to MEID download window by selecting [MEID download] button from main selection menu.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 97

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 7-30 Select [MEID download] button from main selection menu

7.4.1 Read / Write MEID


You can click [Read] button to read MEID from target and click [Write] button to write MEID to target.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 7-31 Click [Read] button to read MEID from target

98 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 7-32 Result of read MEID from target


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 7-33 Click [Write] button to write MEID to target


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 7-34 Result of write MEID to target

7.4.2 Import / Export MEID


You can click [Import] button to load MEID from file and click [Export] button to save MEID to file.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 99

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 7-35 Click [Import] button to import MEID from file

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 7-36 Result of import MEID from file

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 7-37 Click [Export] button to export MEID to file

100 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
7 Platform Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 7-38 Result of export MEID to file

The following is the INI file format of MEID. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

value based on its format.

[C2K MEID]
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

MEID = 12345678901234
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

ESN = 8013C829
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 101

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8 RF Tools

This chapter will introduce the RF related tools. Therefore, the GUI layout may be changed along the modem
generation. These tools provide the RF domain testing and verification, such as GSM RF tool or RF
Calibration…etc. We regard the RF domain knowledge as a basic requirement for using these pages. Therefore,

MediaTek Confidential
we will focus on the GUI operations without interpreting the RF terminology, such as Band, RX path loss or RF
gain...etc. You can open multiple tools at the same time, but can not operate tools until the target is availible.
The detailed descriptions of these tools are listed in the following sections.

Note: We currently update the doucument after M21 series pages. If you need the user manual before M21
series, please contact us.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


8.1 Update parameter
This page can operate the GSM/WCDMA/TDSCDA/LTE/C2K calibration data of target/file. You can start it from

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


main page after connecting to the target.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-1 Select [UpdateParameter] from main selection menu

102 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-2 [Update parameter] Main page


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-3 Context menu in the Update parameter

8.1.1 RAT support indicator


You can check the RAT support status by background color of indicator.

Table 8-1the meaning of indicator background color in Updateparmaeter

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 103

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

background color meanings


Green Support this RAT.
Gray Not support this RAT
There is something wrong for this
Red
RAT

Click the indicator text with underline to get more information, especially when you get the “Red” indicator,

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 8-4 [Updateparameter] LTE indicator with red background sample

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


8.1.2 Read / Write the calibration parameter

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Select the items that you want to operate and click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update calibration parameter
of target. You can see “DONE: Read data from target”/“DONE: Write data to target “on the s tatus bar if function
doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-5 [Read] and [Write] button in Update Parameter

104 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.1.3 Import / Export the calibration parameter

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export calibration parameter of file. You can see “DONE: Import data
from file”/“DONE: Export data to file“on the status bar if function doing well.

For the import flow, Update parameter will automatically select or deselect items based on the file context. (That
is, you don’t need to select any item in advance)
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-6 [Import] button in Update Parameter


Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 105

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-7 [Export] button in Update Parameter

8.1.4 Runtime status update

Whenever in any operation, [Read], [Write], [Import] or [Export], you can check the each item execution status
by the [Operation description] field or check the overall execution status by progress bar.

Classification: Confidential B

106 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-8 Runtime info in Updateparameter

The operation description of item will be shown as the red text with underline if item is executed failed. Click
the underline text for the further debug info.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-9 [Updateparameter] Item executed failed sample

8.1.5 Stop action

Once the any operatio, [Read], [Write], [Import] or [Export], is triggered, the [Stop] button will be activated
automatically. You can cancel the flow by clicking it.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 107

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-10 [Updateparameter] Clicking stop sample

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.2 GP RF Tool
This tool contains all supported GP (General Purpose) RF testing features, which can be used in unit testing or
verifying target command. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target and loading a
corresponding database.

Classification: Confidential B

108 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-11 Select [GP RF Tool] from main selection menu

GPRF Tool shows commands and structures based on database information. Therefore, when you start GP RF
Tool, a load DB dialog will be popped out if you have not yet loaded database by clicking [Load DB] in the main
page.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-12 Load database first before launching GP RF Tool

8.2.1 M21 series user interface


You must load a full modem database from file (.EDB) before launching GP RF Tool.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 109

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

GP RF Tool consists of “Command Category”, “Command Type”, “Request Param/PDU” tree structure, “Confirm
Param/PDU” tree structure, and [Send] button. After selecting a desired command, you can edit request tree
structure as your wish by clicking on the “Value” column of each field. Confirm tree structure will be updated
after clicking [Send] button, which would send out the request you just edited to the target.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-13 [GP RF Tool] Main UI

Some request or confirm tree structures may contain Peer Buffer information, you can switch between tree
structure of Local Parameter and Peer Buffer by clicking the desired tab.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-14 [GP RF Tool] Tree structure with Peer Buffer

110 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

There are some useful utilities in the context menu of a tree structure, including display format of each fields,
expand and collapse tree, copy and paste the encoded binary string of the tree structure to and from clipboard,
export and import the tree data to and from a file, and reset the whole tree structure.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-15 [GP RF Tool] Context menu of a tree structure


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

8.2.2 M50 series user interface


You can also load a database from the target or from a file for GP RF Tool. For other details, please refer to the
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

section “M21 series user interface”.

8.3 Lab Tuning


This page can trigger the specific tuning flow based on modem support capability, such as LTE DPD delay search
or LTE ET delay search…etc. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.

Note: Before using this tool, you must install driver of GPIB card. And the [Lab Tuning] supports the following
instruments:

 Agilent8960,CMU200,CMW500/CMW100,StarPoint6010,MT8820/21,MT8870,CTP3110,Transcom6280
,AgilentEXT,IQxstream,PXI3000, Transcom6290, IQxstream-M, StarPoint9010 and CTP3308E.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 111

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


Figure 8-16 Select [Lab Tuning] from main selection menu

Figure 8-17 [Lab tuning] main page

Modem META Tool


112
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.3.1 Start action/ Runtime status update

Specify the tuning items and file configuration and click [Start] button to trigger the flow. The [Stop] button will
be activated automatically; stop flow by clicking it. And the [Runtime status] field will automatically update the
MediaTek Confidential

execution information of the tuning flow.

8.3.2 File configure


This page is used to configure all the file related to the tuning flow.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-18 [Lab Tuning] File configure

You must set up the configuration file [CFG file], initial file [INI file], and calibration data result file [CAL Result
file path] and result naming before clicking the [Start] button. Otherwise, you will get error message on runtime
status field. And [Lab Tuning] tool will save these files setting to file of META install folder before closed.

Table 8-2 [Lab Tuning] Brief descriptions of file configure

Button/Flag Description
CFG file Configuration file for tuning flow
INI file Initial calibration data file for tuning flow
Cal result folder All the result file generated from tuning flow is stored in this folder.
Cal result naming It is the naming for the [.cal] file, [.log] file and [.csv] file that are generated in the tuning flow.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-19 [Lab Tuning] Runtime status sample for the empty field of necessary file

 The “file configure” can be folded by clicking the icon.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 113

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 8-20 [Lab Tuning] File configuration folded sample

8.3.3 Tuning item selection

This page is used to set up the tuning items. You need to select any of the tuning items before clicking [Start]
button, or an error message may pop up. You can right-click on item table, the context menu provides the

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


following options: Expand all/Collapse all/Select all/Deselect all.

Note: All the item in the table will be based on modem capability to show or not.

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-21 [Lab Tuning] Tuning Item selection

Table 8-3 [Lab Tuning] Brief descriptions of item selection

Button/Flag Description
Item selected hint label If any item is selected, its root naming will be displayed here.
Power supply It is used to configure the power supply Instrument.
Instrument selection It is used to configure the test Instrument.
Item selection It is used to select the item for tuning flow.

114 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-22 [Lab Tuning] Context menu


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

8.4 RF Calibration
This page can trigger the modem calibration, such as GSM/WCDMD…etc. You can start it from main page after
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

connecting to the target.

Note: Before using this tool, you must install driver of GPIB card. And the [RF calibration] supports the following
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

instruments:

 Agilent8960,CMU200,CMW500/CMW100,StarPoint6010,MT8820/21,MT8870,CTP3110,Transcom6280
,AgilentEXT,IQxstream,PXI3000, Transcom6290, IQxstream-M, StarPoint9010 and CTP3308E.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 115

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-23 Select [RF Calibration] from main selection menu

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-24 [RF Calibration] main page

8.4.1 Start action/ Runtime status update

Specify the calibration item and file configuration and click [Start] button to trigger calibration. The [Stop]
button will be activated automatically; stop flow by clicking it. And the [Calibration Runtime status] field will
automatically update the execution information.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-25 [RF Calibration] Runtime status update sample

8.4.2 File configure


This page is used to configure all the file related to the calibration.

116 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-26 [RF Calibration] File configure

You must set up the configuration file [CFG file], RF Calibration data initial file [INI file], calibration data result file
[CAL Result file path] and result naming before clicking the [Start] button. Otherwise, you will get error message
on runtime status field. And [RF Calibration] will save these files setting to file of META install folder before
closed.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Table 8-4 [RF Calibration] Brief descriptions of file configure

Button/Flag Description
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Back up flag It is used to auto-back up calibration data to the target after the calibration successes.
CFG file Configuration file for calibration flow
INI file Initial calibration data file for calibration flow
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Cal result folder All the result file generated from calibration flow is stored in this folder.
It is the naming for the [.cal] file, [.log] file and [.csv] file that are generated in the calibration
Cal result naming
flow.
It is used for changing the file naming automatically, especially in stress test scenario.
If the current file name is “FileNameTest” and you select the “4” on the [Increase barcode
Auto-change the file naming
when success]. After calibration successes, the file name field will be auto changed to
“FileNameTest4”.

Figure 8-27 [RF Calibration] Runtime status sample for the empty field of necessary file
Classification: Confidential B

 AD DB field setting
The AP DB file setting field [AP DB file] is only related to Co-TMS calibration. If you cannot see this field,
it means you don’t need to care AP DB file anymore, even for Co-TMS calibration.

Figure 8-28 [RF Calibration] AP DB field

 MD DB field setting
When the auto-loading MD DB supports, “Auto-loading” and “From file…” selections are available and
the default selection will be “Auto-loading”. Otherwise, it only shows “From file”. And for the duel-
modem images case, it will provides 2 DB fields selection with the MD SW label.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 117

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Tools will decide to load the MD DB or not by MD capability after the flow is triggered. Therefore, if the
selected item doesn’t need the NVRAM MD DB, you can ignore this filed.
o All the testing items and MD3 (C2K modem) items all don’t need the MD DB for running the
flow.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-29 [RF Calibration] Scenario of all the MD DB field case

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


 The “file configure” can be folded by clicking the icon.

Figure 8-30 [RF calibration] File configuration folded sample

Classification: Confidential B
8.4.3 Calibration / Testing item selection

This page is used to set up the calibration and the test items. You need to select any of items before clicking
[Start] button, or an error message may pop up. You can right-click on calibration or testing item table, the
context menu provides the following options: Expand all/Collapse all/Select all/Deselect all. The “Collapse all”
let you check the calibration/testing type more easily.

Note: All the item in the calibration/testing table will be based on modem capability to show or not.

118 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-31 [RF Calibration] Calibration/Testing Item configure


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-32 [RF Calibration] Option hint label sample

Table 8-5 [RF Calibration] Brief descriptions of calibration/testing item configuration

Button/Flag Description
Item selected hint label If any item is selected, its root naming will be displayed here.
Instrument selection It is used to configure the Instrument.
Reset flag It is used to reset the Instrument.
2-port flag It is used to run the 2-port calibration or testing flow.
Classification: Confidential B

Calibration item
It is used to select the calibration item with the option and calibration type, FHC or Traditional.
selection
Testing item selection It is used to select the testing item with the option and testing type, List Mode or Traditional.
Option hint label It is use to show the option item that is selected.
Reset Reset the calibration/ testing item selection to the default selection.
Import Import the calibration/ testing item selection form the file.
Export Export the calibration/ testing item selection to the file.

Figure 8-33 [RF Calibration] Error message sample of no item being selected

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 119

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 8-34 [RF Calibration] context menu

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-35 [RF Calibration] Check the calibration or testing type configuration

If you check the root, all the child items will be checked but it will not include the “Option” item.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-36 [RF Calibration] Check status notice

8.4.3.1 Enable read only mode for item selection

If you want the item selection be locked, you need to configure the file,“User_Latest_Settings.txt”, which is under
the “configs” folder in the tool package and manually add the “ReadOnlyMode=1” under the section

[RFCalibrationSettings].

120 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-37 [RF Calibration] Enable read only mode setting

Once you set up, it can be enabled immediately after you import setting again by clicking “Import” button or it
can be enabled after META reconnection.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-38 [RF Calibration] After enabling read only mode for item section sample
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 121

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.4.4 Pack log utility

Pack log utility packages META related logs and RF calibration logs into a zip file.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-39 Pack log utility for RF calibration

Tool will separate the logging data, such as modem, AP or META tool logs, by each RF calibration iteration.

 When starting a new iteration (Clicking [Start] button), the logs are automatically saved into the new
folder under the calibration result path. The format of folder naming will be [Result file
name]_timestamp; for example, barcode1_2018-05-09-17-15-33.

Classification: Confidential B

8.5 Multi-RAT RF Tool


This tool contains all supported MMRF testing and verification features, such as MultiRAT TADC, Tas, MIPI
CW …etc. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.

122 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-40 Select [Multi-RAT RF Tool] from main selection menu

After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature page
floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed descriptions
of each RF page are listed in the below sections.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-41 Select [Multi-RAT RF Tool] from main selection menu

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 123

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 8-42 [Multi-RAT RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-43 [RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself

8.5.1 MultiRatTadc Control

This page can trigger target to report TADC result of each RF IC and provide TADC calibration data modification
interface (Include read/write/import/export).

124 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.5.1.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-44 [M21] Multi-RAT TADC


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.5.1.1.a Temperature indicator

The temperature indicator located on the header of TADC calibration data table, and the temperature of each
level was queried from target before this page shown.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-45 [M21] Temperature indicator of TADC calibration data.

8.5.1.1.b Fetch ADC

Specify the testing parameters and click [Fetch ADC] button to fetch ADC result.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 125

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-46 [M21] Click [Fetch ADC] button to fetch ADC result

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.5.1.1.c Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update TADC calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-47 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in MultiRAT TADC

8.5.1.1.d Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Init-AFC, Slope, and CAP ID of file. You can see “Import data
from file successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

126 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-48 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in MultiRAT TADC


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

The following is the INI file format of TADC calibration data. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and
then change the value based on its format.

[Multi-RAT Temperature Sensor]


RFIC0 =

8.5.1.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.
Classification: Confidential B

8.5.2 Tas
This page can set Tas (Transmitting Antenna Switching) state of each RAT.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 127

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.5.2.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 8-49 [M21] Multi-RAT RF tool Tas

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


8.5.2.1.a Start testing

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to set Tas state.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-50 [M21] Click [Start] button to set Tas state

8.5.2.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.5.3 Mipi CW
This page of RF tool provide read/write RF register related parameters.

128 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.5.3.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-51 [M21]Multi-RAT RF tool MipiCW


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.5.3.1.a Read / Write the data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update MIPI related setting of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-52 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in Multi-RAT RF tool MipiCW

8.5.3.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 129

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6 GSM RF Tool


This tool contains all supported GSM RF testing and verification features, such as AFC control, path loss, PM …etc.
You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-53 Select [GSM RF Tool] from main selection menu

Classification: Confidential B
After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature page
floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed descriptions
of each RF page are listed in the below sections.

Figure 8-54 Select [GSM RF Tool] from main selection menu

130 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-55 [GSM RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-56 [GSM RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself

8.6.1 AFC Control

This page can trigger target to detect the FB with the specific testing parameters and then get average frequency
error of the total FB detection. This page also can calculate AFC calibration data.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 131

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.1.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-57 [M21] GSM AFC Control

8.6.1.1.a Start testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The frequency error will be showed in
the “Output / Calculator for calibration data” field.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-58 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM AFC test

132 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.1.1.b Calculate Init-AFC / Slope

This tool can calculate Init-AFC DAC and slope values; please click the [Calculate] button to get results.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-59 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the GSM Init-AFC DAC and Slope

8.6.1.1.c Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Init-AFC Dac and Slope of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 133

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-60 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM AFC control

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.6.1.1.d Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Init-AFC Dac and Slope of file. You can see “Import data from
file successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-61 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM AFC control

The following is the INI file format of AFC calibration data. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and
then change the value based on its format.

134 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[MMRF AFC control]


Initial value =
Slope =
cap_id =

8.6.1.2 M50 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.6.2 AFC DAC Sweep

This page can trigger target to detect the FB with the specific testing parameters and then get average frequency
error of the total FB detection from minimum AFC DAC to maximum AFC DAC.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

8.6.2.1 M21 series user interface


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-62 [M21] GSM AFC DAC Sweep

8.6.2.1.a Start testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The frequency error will be showed in
the output table.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 135

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-63 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM AFC DAC sweep test

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-64 [M21] GSM AFC DAC sweep test runtime result

8.6.2.1.b Export the result

Click [Export] button to export sweep result to the file.

136 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-65 [M21] Export the GSM AFC DAC sweep test result to file

8.6.2.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.


Classification: Confidential B

8.6.3 Crystal AFC Control


This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for frequency error measurement.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 137

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.3.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-66 [M21] GSM Crystal AFC Control

8.6.3.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The frequency error will be showed on
the instrument. The [Stop] button will be activated automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification: Confidential B

138 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-67 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Crystal AFC Control test

8.6.3.1.b Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update CAP ID of target. You can see “Read data from target
MediaTek Confidential

successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-68 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Crystal AFC control

8.6.3.1.c Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export CAP ID of file. You can see “Import data from file
Classification: Confidential B

successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 139

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-69 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Crystal AFC control

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


The following is the INI file format of AFC calibration data. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and
then change the value based on its format.

[MMRF AFC control]



cap_id =

8.6.3.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.6.4 PM Classification: Confidential B

This page is used for measuring the power of the indicated channel.

8.6.4.1 M21 series user interface

There are two different user interfaces on M21 series by modem capability. The major difference between these
two pages is that antenna can be configured with diversity path.

140 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-70 [M21] GSM PM (1)


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-71 [M21] GSM PM (2)


Classification: Confidential B

8.6.4.1.a Start testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The measurement power result will be
showed in the “Output” field.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 141

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


Figure 8-72 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test (1)

Figure 8-73 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test (2)

Modem META Tool


142
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.4.2 M50 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-74 [M50] GSM PM


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.6.4.2.a Start testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The measurement power result will be
showed in the “Output” field.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-75 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM PM test

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 143

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.4.3 M70 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-76 [M70] GSM PM

8.6.5 Path Loss

The difference of the downlink cell power and the average power of RSSI is the Path Loss. This page is used for
fine tune the RX path loss and to save these settings to target or file.

8.6.5.1 M21 series user interface

There are two different user interfaces on M21 series by modem capability. The major difference between these

Classification: Confidential B
two pages is that you can configure path loss on diversity path.

In addition, this page will show target supported LNA mode by modem capability. If certain of LNA modes aren’t
supported by modem, those fields of the LNA modes are not editable.

144 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

145
Figure 8-77 [M21] GSM Path Loss (1)

Figure 8-78 [M21] GSM Path Loss (2)

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)
MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.5.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-79 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Path Loss (1)

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-80 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Path Loss (2)

8.6.5.1.b Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

146 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-81 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Path Loss (1)
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-82 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Path Loss (2)

The followings are the INI file formats of Path Loss. The major difference between these two formats is that you
can configure path loss on diversity path. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the
value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands without diversity path.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 147

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[GSM850 Sub band, RX loss]


Max ARFCN =

RX loss =

RX loss middle =

MediaTek Confidential
RX loss middle TLF =

RX loss low =

RX loss elna utra high =

RX loss elna bypass low =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Note: This is the one example of GSM bands with diversity path

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


[GSM850 Sub band, RX loss]

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Max ARFCN =

RX loss =

RX loss middle =

RX loss middle TLF =

RX loss low =

RX loss elna utra high =

RX loss elna bypass low =

[GSM850 Sub band, RXD loss]

Classification: Confidential B
Max ARFCN =

RX loss =

RX loss middle =

RX loss middle TLF =

RX loss low =

RX loss elna utra high =

RX loss elna bypass low =

148 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.5.2 M50 series user interface

This page will show target supported LNA mode by modem capability. If certain of LNA modes aren’t supported
by modem, those fields of the LNA modes are not editable.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-83 [M50] GSM Path Loss

8.6.5.2.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 149

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-84 [M50] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Path Loss

8.6.5.2.b Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

150 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-85 [M50] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Path Loss

The following is the INI file format of Path Loss. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands


Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 151

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[GSM850 Sub band, RX loss]


Max ARFCN =

RX loss =

RX loss middle =

MediaTek Confidential
RX loss middle TLF =

RX loss low =

RX loss elna utra high =

RX loss elna bypass low =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


[GSM850 Sub band, RXD loss]

Max ARFCN =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


RX loss =

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


RX loss middle =

RX loss middle TLF =

RX loss low =

RX loss elna utra high =

RX loss elna bypass low =

8.6.6 Continuous RX

Classification: Confidential B
This page can observe the RX IQ signal.

8.6.6.1 5.6.5.1 M21 series user interface

There are two different user interfaces on M21 series by modem capability. The major difference between these
two pages is that antenna can be configured with diversity path.

152 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-86 [M21] GSM Continuous RX (1)


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-87 [M21] GSM Continuous RX (2)

8.6.6.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the band, UARFCN and gain and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
Classification: Confidential B

automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 153

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 8-88 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX (1)

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-89 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX (2)

Classification: Confidential B
8.6.6.2 M50 series user interface

154 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-90 [M50] GSM Continuous RX

8.6.6.2.a Start/Stop testing

Specify the band, UARFCN and gain and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be
activated automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-91 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous RX

8.6.7 Continuous TX
This page can observe the TX IQ signal.

8.6.7.1 M21 series user interface


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-92 [M21] GSM Continuous TX

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 155

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.7.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 8-93 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Continuous TX

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


8.6.7.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.6.8 Multi-Slot TX
This page can trigger target to output the multi-slot TX burst for transmitted power measurement.

Classification: Confidential B

156 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.8.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-94 [M21] GSM Multi-Slot TX

8.6.8.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-95 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM Multi-Slot TX

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 157

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.8.1.b Read / Write the TX rollback data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update TX rollback of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-96 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Multi-Slot TX

8.6.8.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

Classification: Confidential B
8.6.9 TX Level
This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for transmitted power measurement.

158 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.9.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-97 [M21] GSM TX Level


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

8.6.9.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

automatically; stop testing by clicking it.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-98 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM TX Level

8.6.9.1.b Fetch the temperature sensor data

Click [Fetch] buttons to get temperature sensor data of target. You can see “Fetch temperature sensor value
successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 159

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 8-99 [M21] [Fetch] button in GSM TX Level

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


8.6.9.2 M50 series user interface

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.6.10 Inter Slot Ramp
This page used for fine tune inter slot ramp profile for GPRS and EDGE and to save these settings to target or file.

8.6.10.1 M21 series user interface

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-100 [M21] GSM Inter Slot Ramp

8.6.10.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update inter slot ramp calibration data of target. You can see “Read data
from target successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

160 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-101 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM Inter Slot Ramp
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

8.6.10.1.bImport / Export the calibration data


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export inter slot ramp calibration data of file. You can see “Import data
from file successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-102 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM Inter Slot Ramp
Classification: Confidential B

The following is the INI file format of Inter Slot Ramp. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands

[GSM850 EPSK inter slot ramp]

GMSK GMSK inter slot ramp =

GMSK EPSK inter slot ramp =

EPSK GMSK inter slot ramp =

EPSK EPSK inter slot ramp =

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 161

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.10.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.6.11 GMSK Profile

MediaTek Confidential
This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles for GMSK, and update the settings to target or
file. Due to M21-MT2731 is telematics chip, its Battery Compensate of page display is special. Battery
Compensate of M21-Commom is array[3][3], but M21-MT2731 is array[5][5].

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


8.6.11.1 M21 series user interface

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-103 [M21] GSM GMSK Profile

162 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-104 [M21-MT2731] GSM GMSK Profile

8.6.11.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update GMSK profile of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 163

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-105 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM GMSK profile

8.6.11.1.bImport / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export GMSK profile of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

164 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-106 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM GMSK profile

The following is the INI file format of GMSK profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands


Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 165

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[GSM850 level, ramp]


APC dc offset =

Low APC dc offset =

APC lowest power =

MediaTek Confidential
TX power level =

profile 0 ramp up =

profile 0 ramp down =

profile 1 ramp up =

profile 1 ramp down =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


profile 2 ramp up =

profile 2 ramp down =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


profile 3 ramp up =

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


profile 3 ramp down =

profile 4 ramp up =

profile 4 ramp down =

profile 5 ramp up =

profile 5 ramp down =

profile 6 ramp up =

profile 6 ramp down =

profile 7 ramp up =

profile 7 ramp down =

profile 8 ramp up = Classification: Confidential B

profile 8 ramp down =

profile 9 ramp up =

profile 9 ramp down =

profile 10 ramp up =

profile 10 ramp down =


profile 11 ramp up =

profile 11 ramp down =

166 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

profile 12 ramp up =

profile 12 ramp down =

profile 13 ramp up =

profile 13 ramp down =


MediaTek Confidential

profile 14 ramp up =
profile 14 ramp down =

profile 15 ramp up =

profile 15 ramp down =

Subband max arfcn =


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Subband mid level =

Subband high weight =


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Subband low weight =

Battery compensate, low voltage, low temperature =


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Battery compensate, low voltage, mid temperature =

Battery compensate, low voltage, high temperature =

Battery compensate, mid voltage, low temperature =

Battery compensate, mid voltage, mid temperature =

Battery compensate, mid voltage, high temperature =

Battery compensate, high voltage, low temperature =

Battery compensate, high voltage, mid temperature =

Battery compensate, high voltage, high temperature =


Classification: Confidential B

TX AFC DAC offset =

8.6.11.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 167

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.12 GMSK Graphic Ramp

This page provides graphic user interface for fine tune the ramp profiles for GMSK, and update the settings to
target or file.

MediaTek Confidential
8.6.12.1 M21 series user interface

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-107 [M21] GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp

Classification: Confidential B

8.6.12.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update GMSK profile of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

168 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-108 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp

8.6.12.1.bImport / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export GMSK profile of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 169

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-109 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp

The following is the INI file format of GMSK profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands, where (X) ranges from 0 to 15.

[GSM850 level, ramp]

Classification: Confidential B

TX power level =

profile (X) ramp up =

profile (X) ramp down =

170 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.12.1.c Adjust ramp up / down profile data by graphics

The value of point on the graphics and value of the ramp profile table are affected by each other. You can drag
and drop the points on the graphics to adjust profile data and vice versa.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-110 [M21] Before adjust GMSK profile data in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 171

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-111 [M21] After adjust GMSK profile data in GSM GMSK Graphic Ramp

8.6.12.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.6.13 EPSK Profile

Classification: Confidential B
This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles for EPSK, and update the settings to target or
file. Due to M21-MT2731 is telematics chip, its Battery Compensate of page display is special. Battery
compensate of M21-Common is array[3][3], but M21-MT2731 is array[5][5].

172 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

173
Figure 8-112 [M21] GSM EPSK Profile

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)
8.6.13.1 M21 series user interface
MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-113 [M21-MT2731] GSM EPSK Profile

8.6.13.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Classification: Confidential B
Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update EPSK profile of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

174 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-114 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM EPSK profile

8.6.13.1.bImport / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export EPSK profile of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 175

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-115 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM EPSK profile

The following is the INI file format of EPSK profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands

Classification: Confidential B

176 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[EPSK GSM850 level, ramp]


8-level PA TX power level(dB) =

profile 0 ramp up =

profile 0 ramp down =


MediaTek Confidential

profile 1 ramp up =

profile 1 ramp down =

profile 2 ramp up =

profile 2 ramp down =

profile 3 ramp up =
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

profile 3 ramp down =

profile 4 ramp up =
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

profile 4 ramp down =


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

profile 5 ramp up =

profile 5 ramp down =

profile 6 ramp up =

profile 6 ramp down =

profile 7 ramp up =

profile 7 ramp down =

profile 8 ramp up =

profile 8 ramp down =

profile 9 ramp up =
Classification: Confidential B

profile 9 ramp down =


profile 10 ramp up =

profile 10 ramp down =

profile 11 ramp up =

profile 11 ramp down =

profile 12 ramp up =
profile 12 ramp down =

profile 13 ramp up =

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 177

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

profile 13 ramp down =

profile 14 ramp up =

profile 14 ramp down =

profile 15 ramp up =

MediaTek Confidential
profile 15 ramp down =
Subband max arfcn =

Subband mid level =

8-level pa control subband high weight(dB) =

8-level pa control subband low weight(dB) =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Battery compensate, low voltage, low temperature (dBm) =

Battery compensate, low voltage, mid temperature (dBm) =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Battery compensate, low voltage, high temperature (dBm) =

Battery compensate, mid voltage, low temperature (dBm) =

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Battery compensate, mid voltage, mid temperature (dBm) =

Battery compensate, mid voltage, high temperature (dBm) =

Battery compensate, high voltage, low temperature (dBm) =

Battery compensate, high voltage, mid temperature (dBm) =

Battery compensate, high voltage, high temperature (dBm) =

TX AFC DAC offset =

Interslot lowest DAC =

Classification: Confidential B
8.6.13.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.6.14 EPSK Graphic Ramp

This page provides graphic user interface for fine tune the ramp profiles for EPSK, and update the settings to
target or file.

178 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.6.14.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-116 [M21] GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp

8.6.14.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update EPSK profile of target. You can see “Read data from target
Classification: Confidential B

successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 179

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-117 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp

8.6.14.1.bImport / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export EPSK profile of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

180 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-118 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp

The following is the INI file format of EPSK profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of GSM bands, where (X) ranges from 0 to 15.

[EPSK GSM850 level, ramp]


Classification: Confidential B

8-level PA TX power level(dB) =

profile (X) ramp up =

profile (X) ramp down = ….

8.6.14.1.c Adjust ramp up / down profile data by graphics

The value of point on the graphics and value of the ramp profile table are affected by each other. You can drag
and drop the points on the graphics to adjust profile data and vice versa.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 181

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


Figure 8-119 [M21] Before adjust EPSK profile data in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp

Modem META Tool


182
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-120 [M21] After adjust EPSK profile data in GSM EPSK Graphic Ramp

8.6.14.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.


MediaTek Confidential

8.6.15 RX Gain Calculator


This page can calculate recommended gain and downlink power with specific input.

8.6.15.1 M50 series user interface


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-121 [M50] GSM RX Gain Calculator


Classification: Confidential B

8.6.15.1.a Start calculating

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger calculating. The recommended gain and
downlink power will be showed in the “Output” field.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 183

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-122 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger GSM RX Gain Calculator

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.7 WCDMA RF Tool
This tool contains all supported WCDMA RF testing and verification features, such as AFC control, path loss, DPCH
TX …etc. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.

Classification: Confidential B

184 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-123 Select [WCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu

After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature page
floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed descriptions
of each RF page are listed in the below sections.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-124 Select [WCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 185

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


Figure 8-126 [WCDMA RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself
Figure 8-125 [WCDMA RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu

Modem META Tool


186
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.7.1 AFC Control

This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for frequency error measurement and calculate AFC calibration
data.
MediaTek Confidential

8.7.1.1 M21 series user interface


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-127 [M21]WCDMA AFC Control


Classification: Confidential B

8.7.1.1.a Start testing


Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing to get the frequency error.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 187

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-128 [M21]Click [Start] button to trigger AFC test

8.7.1.1.b Calculate Init-AFC / Slope

This tool can calculate Init-AFC DAC and slope values; please fill the frequency error shown on the instrument
and click the [Calculate] button to get results.

Classification: Confidential B

188 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-129 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the WCDMA Init-AFC DAC and Slope

8.7.1.1.c Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Init-AFC, Slope, and CAP ID of target. You can see “Read data from
target successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 189

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-130 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in WCDMA AFC control

8.7.1.1.d Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Init-AFC, Slope, and CAP ID of file. You can see “Import data
from file successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

190 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-131 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA AFC control

The following is the INI file format of AFC calibration data. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and
then change the value based on its format.

[MMRF AFC control]


Initial value =
Slope =
cap_id =
Classification: Confidential B

8.7.1.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.7.2 AFC Sweep

This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for frequency error measurement based on minimum/
maximum CAP ID and minimum/ maximum AFC DAC.

Sweep flow: Set up CAP ID first and then sweep AFC DAC from minimum to maximum. Next, set up next CAP ID
and then sweep AFC DAC from minimum to maximum again. Next… etc.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 191

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.7.2.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-132 [M21] WCDMA AFC Sweep

8.7.2.1.a Start testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing to the frequency error.

Classification: Confidential B

192 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

193
Figure 8-133 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger WCDMA AFC sweep test

Figure 8-134 [M21] WCDMA AFC sweep test runtime result

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)
MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.7.2.1.b Export the result

Click [Export] buttons to export sweep result to the file.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-135 [M21] Export the WCDMA AFC sweep test result to file

8.7.2.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.7.3 RSSI
This page can measure the power of the indicated channel.

Classification: Confidential B

194 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.7.3.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-136 [M21] WCDMA RSSI


Classification: Confidential B

8.7.3.1.a Start testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger RSSI testing. The result will be shown in the
“Output” field.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 195

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-137 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test

8.7.3.1.b Start continuous RX testing

Specify the testing parameters and then check [Cont. RX] option and click [Start] button to trigger continuous

Classification: Confidential B
RX testing.

196 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-138 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger Cont. RX test

8.7.3.1.c Start continuous RX testing


Specify the RX gain configuration and click [Calculate] button to Get RX gain information.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 197

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-139 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to get RX gain information

8.7.3.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

Classification: Confidential B

198 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.7.3.3 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-140 [M70] WCDMA RSSI

8.7.3.3.a 5.7.3.3.1 Start testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger RSSI testing. The result will be shown in the
Classification: Confidential B

“Output” field.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 199

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-141 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test

8.7.3.3.b 5.7.3.3.2 Start continuous RX testing

Classification: Confidential B
Specify the testing parameters and then check [Cont. RX] option and click [Start] button to trigger continuous
RX testing.

200 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-142 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger Cont. RX test

8.7.3.3.c 5.7.3.3.3 Start continuous RX testing


Classification: Confidential B

Specify the RX gain configuration and click [Calculate] button to Get RX gain information.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 201

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-143 [M70] Click [Calculate] button to get RX gain information

8.7.4 Path Loss

The difference of the downlink cell power and the average power of RSSI is the Path Loss. This page is used for Classification: Confidential B
fine tune the RX path loss and to save these settings to target or file.

202 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.7.4.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-144 [M21] WCDMA Path Loss


Classification: Confidential B

8.7.4.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 203

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-145 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in WCDMA Path Loss

8.7.4.1.b Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file

Classification: Confidential B
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

204 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-146 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA Path Loss

The following is the INI file format of Path Loss. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of WCDMA bands


Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 205

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[WCDMA BAND1 RX loss]


Temperature Offset=

Max UARFCN=

RX loss HPM G1=

MediaTek Confidential
RX loss HPM G2=

RX loss HPM G3=

RX loss HPM G4=

RX loss HPM G5=

RX loss HPM G6=

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


RX loss LPM G1=

RX loss LPM G2=

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


RX loss LPM G3=

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


RX loss LPM G4=

RX loss LPM G5=

RX loss LPM G6=

8.7.4.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

Classification: Confidential B

206 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.7.4.3 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-147 [M70] WCDMA Path Loss

8.7.4.3.a 5.7.4.3.1 The difference from other seris


Classification: Confidential B

M70 support new power mode : RX talking mode.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 207

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


Figure 8-148 [M70] WCDMA Path Loss – talking mode support

Modem META Tool


This page can observe RX RSCP.
8.7.5 RSCP

208
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.7.5.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-149 [M21] WCDMA RSCP

8.7.5.1.a Start / Stop testing


Classification: Confidential B

Specify the band and UARFCN and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 209

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-150 [M21] [Start] button to trigger WCDMA RSCP

8.7.5.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

Classification: Confidential B

8.7.6 PRACH TX
This page can observe the TX PRACH signal.

210 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.7.6.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-151 [M21] WCDMA PRACH TX


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

8.7.6.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the band and UARFCN and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

automatically; stop testing by clicking it.


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-152 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger WCDMA PRACH TX

8.7.6.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.


Classification: Confidential B

8.7.7 DPCH TX
This page can trigger DPCH TX power testing.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 211

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.7.7.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 8-153 WCDMA DPCH TX

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.7.7.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-154 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger WCDMA DPCH TX

8.7.7.1.b Fetch PD value

Click [Fetch] button to trigger fetch PD value.

212 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-155 [M21] Click [Fetch] button to trigger fetching WCDMA PD value
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

8.7.7.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.7.7.3 M70 series user interface


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-156 WCDMA DPCH TX

8.7.7.3.a 5.7.7.3.1 Power up/down testing

After clicking [Start] button to trigger testing, [Stop] and [+1db][-1db] button will be activated automatically;
Click [+1db] or [-1db] button to adjust current power, and also DUT will report the power which be shown on
GUI after power adjustment.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 213

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 8-157 [M70] Click [+1db] or [-1db] button to adjust current power

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


8.7.8 TPC Profile
This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.7.8.1 M21 series user interface

Classification: Confidential B

214 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-158 [M21] WCDMA TPC Profile

8.7.8.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update TPC calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
MediaTek Confidential

successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

Figure 8-159 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in WCDMA TPC profile
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

8.7.8.1.b Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export TPC calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from file
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-160 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA TPC profile

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 215

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

The following is the INI file format of TPC profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of WCDMA bands

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

216 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[WCDMA BAND1 TPC]


End1=

End2=

Pa control pga-g12a pa gain=


MediaTek Confidential

Pa control pga-g12b pa gain=

PA OCTLEVEL PA Phase Compensation=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Dc2Dc=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Gain=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Mode=


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Prf=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level VBias=


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm1=


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm2=

PA OCTLEVEL Sections=

Power detector subband max uarfcn=

Power detector subband power offset dB=

Start1=

Start2=

Subband max uarfcn, PA high mode=

Subband max uarfcn, PA low mode=

Subband max uarfcn, PA middle mode=


Classification: Confidential B

Subband power offset dB, PA high mode=


Subband power offset dB, PA low mode=

Subband power offset dB, PA middle mode=

Temperature compensation offset dB, PA high mode=

Temperature compensation offset dB, PA low mode=

Temperature compensation offset dB, PA middle mode=


VGA DAC, PA high mode=

VGA DAC, PA low mode=

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 217

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

VGA DAC, PA middle mode=

8.7.8.2 M50 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.7.9 MIPI TPA Profile


This page can provide the debugging ultility and basic function of MIPI TPA profile.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-161 WCDMA MIPI TPA Profile
Classification: Confidential B

8.7.9.1 Read MIPI TPA code word

Specify the MIPI TPA code word and click [Read] button to get the value.

218 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-162 Read WCDMA MIPI TPA code word


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.7.9.2 Write MIPI TPA code word

Specify the WCDMA MIPI code word value and click [Write] button.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-163 Write Read WCDMA MIPI TPA code word

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 219

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.7.9.3 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.7.10 DPD PA Profile

MediaTek Confidential
This page is used for fine tune the DPD PA configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.

8.7.10.1 M21 series user interface

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-164 [M21] WCDMA DPD PA Profile

8.7.10.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update DPD PA calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

220 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-165 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in DPD PA profile


MediaTek Confidential

8.7.10.1.bImport / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export DPD PA calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from
file successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-166 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in WCDMA DPD PA profile
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

The following is the INI file format of DPD PA profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then
change the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of WCDMA bands , where (X) ranges from 0 to 14
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 221

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[WCDMA BAND1 DPD]


Cal done =

Tr Val =

Subband power offset dB, PA high mode =

MediaTek Confidential
Subband power offset dB, PA middle mode =

Subband power offset dB, PA low mode =

Temperature compensation offset dB, PA high mode =

Temperature compensation offset dB, PA middle mode =

Temperature compensation offset dB, PA low mode =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Start1 =

End1 =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Start2 =

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


End2 =

PA OCTLEVEL Sections =

PA OCTLEVEL PA Phase Compensation =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Mode =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Prf =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Dc2Dc =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm1 =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm2 =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level VBias =

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Gain = Classification: Confidential B

Tx path compensation =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num0 =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num1 =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num2 =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num3 =


Subband(X) AM Gain Num4 =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num5 =

222 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Subband(X) AM Gain Num6 =

Subband(X) AM Gain Num7 =

Subband(X) PM Gain Num0 =

Subband(X) PM Gain Num1 =


MediaTek Confidential

Subband(X) PM Gain Num2 =


Subband(X) PM Gain Num3 =

Subband(X) PM Gain Num4 =

Subband(X) PM Gain Num5 =

Subband(X) PM Gain Num6 =


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Subband(X) PM Gain Num7 =


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.8 TDSCDMA RF Tool


This tool contains all supported TDSCDMA RF testing and verification features, such as AFC control, path loss,
DPCH TX …etc. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 223

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-167 Select [TDSCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu

After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature page
floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed descriptions
of each RF page are listed in the below sections.

Classification: Confidential B
Figure 8-168 Select [TDSCDMA RF Tool] from main selection menu

224 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-169 [TDSCDMA RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-170 [TDSCDMA RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself


Classification: Confidential B

8.8.1 AFC Control

This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for frequency error measurement and calculate AFC calibration
data.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 225

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.8.1.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-171 [M21] TDSCDMA AFC Control

8.8.1.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The frequency error will be showed on
the instrument. The [Stop] button will be activated automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-172 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger AFC test

226 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.8.1.1.b Calculate Init-AFC / Slope

This tool can calculate Init-AFC DAC and slope values; please fill the frequency error shown on the instrument
and click the [Calculate] button to get results.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-173 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the TDSCDMA Init-AFC DAC and Slope

8.8.1.1.c Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Init-AFC, Slope, and CAP ID of target. You can see “Read data from
target successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 227

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-174 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in TDSCDMA AFC control

8.8.1.1.d Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Init-AFC, Slope, and CAP ID of file. You can see “Import data
from file successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-175 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in TDSCDMA AFC control

228 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

The following is the INI file format of AFC calibration data. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and
then change the value based on its format.

[MMRF AFC control]


Initial value =
Slope =
cap_id =
MediaTek Confidential

8.8.1.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

8.8.2 RSSI
This page can measure the power of the indicated channel.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.8.2.1 M21 series user interface


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-176 [M21] TDSCDMA RSSI

8.8.2.1.a Start testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger RSSI testing. The result will be shown in the
“Output” field.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 229

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-177 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.8.2.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.8.3 Path Loss

The difference of the downlink cell power and the average power of RSSI is the Path Loss. This page is used for
fine tune the RX path loss and to save these settings to target or file.

Classification: Confidential B

230 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.8.3.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-178 [M21] TDSCDMA Path Loss

8.8.3.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 231

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-179 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in TDSCDMA Path Loss

8.8.3.1.b Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-180 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in TDSCDMA Path Loss

232 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

The following is the INI file format of Path Loss. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of TDSCDMA bands

[TDSCDMA 1850-1930MHz RX loss]


MediaTek Confidential

Subband Max UARFCN =


Subband RX loss high mode =
Subband RX loss middle mode =
Subband RX loss low mode =
Subband RX loss ext mode =
Subband RX loss ext0 mode =
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Subband RX loss ext1 mode =


Subband RX loss ext2 mode =
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Subband RX loss ext3 mode =


Temperature RX loss high mode =
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Temperature RX loss middle mode =


Temperature RX loss low mode =
Temperature RX loss ext mode =
Temperature RX loss ext0 mode =
Temperature RX loss ext1 mode =
Temperature RX loss ext2 mode =
Temperature RX loss ext3 mode =

8.8.3.2 M50 series user interface


Classification: Confidential B

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.8.4 Continuous RX
This page can observe the RX IQ signal.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 233

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.8.4.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 8-181 [M21] TDSCDMA Continuous RX

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


8.8.4.1.a Start / Stop testing

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Specify the band and UARFCN and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-182 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger TDSCDMA Continuous RX

8.8.4.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.8.5 Continuous TX
This page can observe the TX IQ signal.

234 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.8.5.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-183 [M21] TDSCDMA Continuous TX


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

8.8.5.1.a Start / Stop testing


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Specify the band and UARFCN and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-184 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger TDSCDMA Continuous TX

8.8.5.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.8.6 DPCH TX
This page can trigger DPCH TX power testing.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 235

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.8.6.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-185 [M21] TDSCDMA DPCH TX

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.8.6.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-186 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger TDSCDMA DPCH TX

236 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.8.6.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.8.7 TPC Profile


MediaTek Confidential

This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.

8.8.7.1 M21 series user interface


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-187 [M21] TDSCDMA TPC Profile

8.8.7.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update TPC calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 237

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-188 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in TDSCDMA TPC profile

8.8.7.1.b Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export TPC calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

238 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-189 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in TDSCDMA TPC profile

The following is the INI file format of TPC profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of TDSCDMA bands


Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 239

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[TDSCDMA 1850-1930MHz TPC]


VGA DAC, PA high mode =
VGA DAC, PA middle mode =
VGA DAC, PA low mode =

MediaTek Confidential
Power, PA high mode =
Power, PA middle mode =
Power, PA low mode =
Subband Max UARFCN =
Subband power compensation, PA high mode =
Subband power compensation, PA middle mode =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Subband power compensation, PA low mode =
Temperature compensation, PA high mode =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Temperature compensation, PA middle mode =
Temperature compensation, PA low mode =

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


START1 =
END1 =
START2 =
END2 =
Max Power Offset (dB) =
UPA Max Power Offset (dB) =
PD power compensation (db), Point 0 =
PD power compensation (db), Point 1 =
PD power compensation (db), Point 2 =
PD Subband power compensation (db) =

Classification: Confidential B
Wanted Power Offset = 0
PA Middle Power Offset = 0

8.8.7.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.8.8 Baseband Register


This page can provide the debugging ultility and basic function of baseband register.

240 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-190 [M21] TDSCDMA Baseband Register


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

8.8.8.1 Read baseband register

Specify the Register address and click [Read Register] button to get the value.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-191 [M21] Read TDSCDMA baseband register in specific address

8.8.8.2 Write baseband register


Classification: Confidential B

Specify the Register address and value and click [Write Register] button.

Figure 8-192 [M21] Write TDSCDMA baseband register in specific address and value

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 241

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9 LTE RF Tool


This tool contains all supported LTE RF testing and verification features, such as AFC control, path loss, PUSCH
TX …etc. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-193 Select [LTE RF Tool] from main selection menu
Classification: Confidential B

After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature page
floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed descriptions
of each RF page are listed in the below sections.

Figure 8-194 Select [LTE RF Tool] from main selection menu

242 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-195 [LTE RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-196 [LTE RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself

8.9.1 AFC Control

This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for frequency error measurement and calculate AFC calibration
data.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 243

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.1.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-197 [M21] LTE AFC Control

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.9.1.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The frequency error will be showed on
the instrument. The [Stop] button will be activated automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-198 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE AFC test

244 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.1.1.b Calculate Init-AFC / Slope

This tool can calculate Init-AFC DAC and slope values; please fill the frequency error shown on the instrument
and click the [Calculate] button to get results.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-199 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the LTE Init-AFC DAC and Slope

8.9.1.1.c Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Init-AFC and Slope of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 245

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-200 [M21][Read] and [Write] button in LTE AFC control

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.9.1.1.d Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Init-AFC and Slope of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-201 [M21][Import] and [Export] button in LTE AFC control

The following is the INI file format of AFC calibration data. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and
then change the value based on its format.

246 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[MMRF AFC control]


Initial value =
Slope =

8.9.1.2 M50 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.9.2 RSSI
This page can measure the power of the indicated channel.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

8.9.2.1 M21 series user interface


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-202 [M21] LTE RSSI

8.9.2.1.a Start testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger RSSI testing. The result will be shown in the
“RSSI Result” field. Also, you can see “RSSI test finished.” on the status bar if the function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 247

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-203 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test

8.9.2.1.b Calculate DL power and gain

For instrument setting, specify the gain mode for main and diversity path and click [Calculate] button to trigger
sequencer search (gain calculator). The result will be shown in the “Advised DL Power (db)”, “RF Gain”, and
“Digital Gain” fields. Also, you can see “RSSI sequencer search finished.” on the status bar if the function doing
well.

Classification: Confidential B

248 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-204 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to get advised DL power and gain
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.9.2.2 M50 series user interface


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-205 [M50] LTE RSSI

There is MIMO information shown in “HW Setting” field.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 249

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.2.2.a Start testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger RSSI testing. The result will be shown in the
“RSSI Result” field. Also, you can see “RSSI test finished.” on the status bar if the function doing well.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-206 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger RSSI test

8.9.2.2.b Calculate DL power and gain

Classification: Confidential B
For instrument setting, specify the gain mode for main and diversity path and click [Calculate] button to trigger
sequencer search (gain calculator). The result will be shown in the “Advised DL Power (db)”, “RF Gain”, and
“Digital Gain” fields. Also, you can see “RSSI sequencer search finished.” on the status bar if the function doing
well.

250 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-207 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to get advised DL power and gain

8.9.2.3 M70 series user interface


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-208 [M70] LTE RSSI

There is Type 2 RF Gain Index shown in “RSSI Config” field. For the detail, please refer to previous sections.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 251

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.3 RX PathLoss

The difference of the downlink cell power and the average power of RSSI is the Path Loss. This page is used for
fine tune the RX path loss and to save these settings to target or file.

8.9.3.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B
Figure 8-209 [M21] LTE type 1 route Path Loss

252 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-210 [M21] LTE type 2 route Path Loss

8.9.3.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 253

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-211 [M21] [Read] and [Write] path loss data in LTE Path Loss

8.9.3.1.b Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

254 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-212 [M21] [Import] and [Export] path loss data in LTE Path Loss

The following is the INI file format of Path Loss. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of a LTE band


Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 255

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[LTE BAND1 RX loss]


Route =

RF Chip ID =

DL Frequency =

MediaTek Confidential
RX loss hpm mode0 =

RX loss lpm mode0 =

RX loss hpm mode1 =

RX loss lpm mode1 =

RX loss hpm mode2 =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


RX loss lpm mode2 =

RX loss hpm mode3 =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


RX loss lpm mode3 =

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


RX loss hpm mode4 =

RX loss lpm mode4 =

RX loss hpm mode5 =

RX loss lpm mode5 =

RX loss hpm mode6 =

RX loss lpm mode6 =

Temperature Offset =

Classification: Confidential B
Note: This is the one example of a LTE NCCA band, where (X) can be 1/2, (Y) can be hpm/lpm, and (Z) ranges
from 0 to 6

[LTE BAND3 Route NCCA0 RX loss]

Route =
RF Chip ID =

DL Frequency =

RX srx path(X) partial on loss for (Y) mode(Z) =

RX srx path(X) gbg loss for (Y) mode(Z),(Z) =

Temperature Offset =

256 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

257
Figure 8-213 [M50] LTE type 1 route Path Loss

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)
8.9.3.2 M50 series user interface
MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-214 [M50] LTE type 2 route Path Loss

Since ELNA type differs from route to route, the gain mode will be shown on the table of path loss. Also, fields
that are not in use in the table will be disabled.

8.9.3.2.a Read / Write the calibration data Classification: Confidential B

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

258 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-215 [M50] [Read] and [Write] path loss data in LTE Path Loss

8.9.3.2.b Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 259

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-216 [M50] [Import] and [Export] path loss data in LTE Path Loss

The following is the INI file format of Path Loss. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of a LTE band


Classification: Confidential B

260 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[LTE BAND1 RX loss]


Route =

RF Chip ID =

DL Frequency =
MediaTek Confidential

RX loss hpm mode0 =

RX loss lpm mode0 =

RX loss hpm mode1 =

RX loss lpm mode1 =

RX loss hpm mode2 =


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

RX loss lpm mode2 =

RX loss hpm mode3 =


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

RX loss lpm mode3 =


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

RX loss hpm mode4 =

RX loss lpm mode4 =

RX loss hpm mode5 =

RX loss lpm mode5 =

RX loss hpm mode6 =

RX loss lpm mode6 =

Temperature Offset =
Classification: Confidential B

Note: This is the one example of a LTE NCCA band, where (X) can be 1/2, (Y) can be hpm/lpm, and (Z) ranges
from 0 to 6

[LTE BAND3 Route NCCA0 RX loss]

Route =
RF Chip ID =

DL Frequency =

RX srx path(X) partial on loss for (Y) mode(Z) =

RX srx path(X) gbg loss for (Y) mode(Z),(Z) =

Temperature Offset =

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 261

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


Figure 8-217 [M70] LTE type 1 route Path Loss

Modem META Tool


8.9.3.3 M70 series user interface

262
Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

263
Figure 8-218 [M70] LTE type 2 route Path Loss

Modem META Tool


For the detail, please refer to previous sections.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


This page can observe the RX IQ signal.
8.9.4 Continuous RX
MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.4.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 8-219 [M21] LTE Continuous RX normal mode

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-220 [M21] LTE Continuous RX forced mode

8.9.4.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

264 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-221 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE Continuous RX


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.9.4.1.b Calculate route information

Click [Calculate] button in normal mode to trigger “Route Calculator” and acquire route information in “TX/RX
Route Result” fields.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-222 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to trigger Route Calculator

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 265

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.4.2 M50 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-223 [M50] LTE Continuous RX normal mode

Figure 8-224 [M50] LTE Continuous RX forced mode © 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification: Confidential B

M50 series has more carrier numbers of TX and RX than M21 series, and add MIMO information.
For other detail, please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

266 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.4.3 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-225 [M70] LTE Continuous RX

For the detail, please refer to previous sections.


Classification: Confidential B

8.9.5 RSRP/RSRQ RX
This page provides function for user to evaluate/test the non-signaling function manually.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 267

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.5.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-226 [M21] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.9.5.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it. The measurement report will be updated in “RX Result” field.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-227 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger RSRP/RSRQ RX

268 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.5.2 M50 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-228 [M50] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX

Added MIMO type selection.

8.9.5.2.a Start / Stop testing

Specify testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it. The measurement report will be updated in “RX Result” field.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-229 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger RSRP/RSRQ RX

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 269

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.5.3 5.9.5.3 M70 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-230 [M70] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX

There are three items, “CC config number”, “Measure CC”, and “Cell ID”. “Measure CC” is used to set the PCC.
For the other detail, please refer to previous sections.

8.9.6 RSRP/RSRQ Rx Force mode

8.9.6.1 M50 series user interface

For M50 series RSRP/RSRQ RX force mode, please refer to the section “5.9.5.2 M50 series user interface”. Classification: Confidential B

270 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.6.2 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-231 [M70] LTE RSRP/RSRQ RX Force mode


Classification: Confidential B

For the detail, please refer to the section “5.9.5 RSRP/RSRQ RX”.

8.9.7 Single Tone TX


This page can trigger single tone TX power testing.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 271

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.7.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-232 [M21] LTE Single Tone TX

8.9.7.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-233 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE Single Tone TX

272 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.7.1.b Fetch Power Detector value

Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] to get value of power detector on target.


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-234 [M21] Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] button to get PD value

8.9.7.2 M50 series user interface


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-235 [M50] LTE Single Tone TX

“Total Route” and “PGA Mode” are removed.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 273

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.7.2.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-236 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE Single Tone TX

8.9.7.2.b Fetch Power Detector value

Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] to get value of power detector on target.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-237 [M50] Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] button to get PD value

274 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.7.3 5.9.7.3 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-238 [M70] LTE Single Tone TX

For the detail, please refer to previous sections.

8.9.8 PUSCH TX
This page can trigger PUSCH TX power testing.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 275

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.8.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-239 [M21] LTE PUSCH TX

8.9.8.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification: Confidential B

276 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-240 [M21]Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX

8.9.8.2 M50 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-241 [M50] LTE PUSCH TX

TX carrier number increased to 3.

8.9.8.2.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-242 [M50]Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 277

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


Figure 8-243 [M70] LTE PUSCH TX

Modem META Tool


For the detail, please refer to previous sections.
8.9.8.3 5.9.8.3 M70 series user interface

278
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.9 PUCCH TX Force mode

8.9.9.1 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-244 [M70] LTE PUSCH TX Force mode

For the detail, please refer to the section “5.9.8 PUSCH TX”.
Classification: Confidential B

8.9.10 PUCCH TX
This page can trigger PUCCH TX power testing.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 279

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.10.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-245 [M21] LTE PUCCH TX

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.9.10.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-246 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PUSCH TX

280 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.10.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.9.11 PRACH TX
MediaTek Confidential

This page can trigger PRACH TX power testing.

8.9.11.1 M21 series user interface


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-247 [M21] LTE PRACH TX

8.9.11.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
Classification: Confidential B

automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 281

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 8-248 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


8.9.11.2 M50 series user interface

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.9.12 SRS TX
This page can trigger SRS TX power testing.

8.9.12.1 M21 series user interface

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-249 [M21] LTE SRS TX

282 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.12.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-250 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.9.12.2 M50 series user interface


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-251 [M50] LTE SRS TX

TX carrier number increased to 3 for M50 series.

8.9.12.2.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 283

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 8-252 [M50] Click [Start] button to trigger LTE PRACH TX

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
8.9.13 TPC Profile
This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.9.13.1 M21 series user interface

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-253 [M21] LTE TPC Profile

284 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.13.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update TPC calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-254 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE TPC profile

8.9.13.1.bImport / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export TPC calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from file
Classification: Confidential B

successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 285

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-255 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile

The following is the INI file format of TPC profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of a LTE band

Classification: Confidential B

286 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[LTE BAND1 TPC]


RF Chip ID =

Route =

Pa control level =
MediaTek Confidential

Temperature Index =

Hysteresis start =

Hysteresis end =

Pa control pa mode =

Pa control prf =
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Pa control pa gain =

Pa control dc2dc level =


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Pa control vbias dac =


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Pa control vm0 =

Pa control vm1 =

Pa control pga-g12a pa gain =

Pa control pga-g12b pa gain =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 2 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 2 =


Classification: Confidential B

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 2 =


Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 4 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 4 =


Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 4 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 5 =

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 287

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 5 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 5 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 6 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 6 =

MediaTek Confidential
Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 6 =
Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 7 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 7 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 7 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 8 =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 8 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 8 =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Tx compensation pa gain frequency(100KHz) =

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 1 =

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 1 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 1 =

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 2 =

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 2 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 2 =

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 3 =

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 3 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 3 =

Classification: Confidential B
Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 4 =

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 4 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 4 =

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 5 =

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 5 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 5 =

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 6 =

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 6 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 6 =

288 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 7 =

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 7 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 7 =

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 8 =


MediaTek Confidential

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 8 =


Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 8 =

Tx compensation power detector coupler loss high =

Tx compensation power detector coupler loss middle =

Tx compensation power detector coupler loss low =


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

8.9.13.2 M50 series user interface


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-256 [M50] LTE TPC Profile

“Total Route”, “PGA 12-a”, “PGA 12-b” are removed.

8.9.13.2.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update TPC calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 289

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-257 [M50] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE TPC profile

8.9.13.2.bImport / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export TPC calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

290 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-258 [M50] [Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile

The following is the INI file format of TPC profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of a LTE band


Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 291

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[LTE BAND1 TPC]


RF Chip ID =

Route =

Pa control level =

MediaTek Confidential
Temperature Index =

Hysteresis start =

Hysteresis end =

Pa control pa mode =

Pa control prf =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Pa control pa gain =

Pa control dc2dc level =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Pa control vbias dac =

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Pa control vm0 =

Pa control vm1 =

Pa control pga-g12a pa gain =

Pa control pga-g12b pa gain =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 2 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 2 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 2 = Classification: Confidential B

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 4 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 4 =


Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 4 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 5 =

292 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 5 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 5 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 6 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 6 =


MediaTek Confidential

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 6 =


Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 7 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 7 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 7 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature 8 =


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature 8 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature 8 =


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Tx compensation pa gain frequency(100KHz) =

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 1 =


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 1 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 1 =

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 2 =

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 2 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 2 =

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 3 =

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 3 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 3 =


Classification: Confidential B

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 4 =

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 4 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 4 =

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 5 =

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 5 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 5 =

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 6 =

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 6 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 6 =

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 293

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 7 =

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 7 =

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 7 =

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 8 =

MediaTek Confidential
Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 8 =
Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 8 =

Tx compensation power detector coupler loss high =

Tx compensation power detector coupler loss middle =

Tx compensation power detector coupler loss low =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


8.9.13.3 M70 series user interface

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-259 [M70] LTE APT Profile

For the detail, please refer to previous sections.

294 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.14 RF Diagram
This page can calculate CCA frequency information based on selected bandwidth.

8.9.14.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-260 [M21] LTE RF Diagram

Select UL BW of two carriers and fill the [F0] value, the result will be automatically calculated.

8.9.14.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.


Classification: Confidential B

8.9.15 DPD PA Profile


This page is used for fine tune the DPD PA configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 295

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.15.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-261 [M21] LTE DPD PA Profile

8.9.15.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update DPD PA calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

296 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-262 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in LTE DPD PA profile

8.9.15.1.bImport / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export TPC calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from file
MediaTek Confidential

successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-263 [M21][Import] and [Export] button in LTE TPC profile

The following is the INI file format of TPC profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.
Classification: Confidential B

Note: This is the one example of a LTE band, where (X) can be high/middle/low, and (Y) ranges from 0 to 14

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 297

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[LTE BAND1 DPD]


RF Chip ID =

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 2 =

MediaTek Confidential
Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 3 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 4 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 5 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 6 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 7 =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Tx compensation pa gain pa (X) temperature 8 =

Route =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Cal done =

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Tr Val subband 0 =

Tr Val subband 1 =

Tr Val subband 2 =

Tr Val subband 3 =

Tr Val subband 4 =

Tr Val subband 5 =

Tr Val subband 6 =

Tr Val subband 7 =

Tr Val subband 8 =

Tr Val subband 9 = Classification: Confidential B

Tr Val subband 10 =

Tr Val subband 11 =

Tr Val subband 12 =

Tr Val subband 13 =

Tr Val subband 14 =
Pa control level =

Temperature Index =

298 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Hysteresis start =

Hysteresis end =

Pa control dc2dc level =

Pa control pa mode =
MediaTek Confidential

Pa control prf =
Pa control pa gain =

Pa control vbias dac =

Pa control vm0 =

Pa control vm1 =
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Tx path compensation =

Subband(Y) AM Gain Num0 =


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Subband(Y) AM Gain Num1 =

Subband(Y) AM Gain Num2 =


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Subband(Y) AM Gain Num3 =

Subband(Y) AM Gain Num4 =

Subband(Y) AM Gain Num5 =

Subband(Y) AM Gain Num6 =

Subband(Y) AM Gain Num7 =

Subband(Y) PM Gain Num0 =

Subband(Y) PM Gain Num1 =

Subband(Y) PM Gain Num2 =


Classification: Confidential B

Subband(Y) PM Gain Num3 =

Subband(Y) PM Gain Num4 =

Subband(Y) PM Gain Num5 =

Subband(Y) PM Gain Num6 =

Subband(Y) PM Gain Num7 =

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 299

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.9.16 Temp. Coefficient Generator


This page calculates the TX/RX temperature compensation.

8.9.16.1 M21 series user interface

It supports TX PD/PA gain and RX path loss temperation compensation.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-264 [M21] LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator

Table 8-6 [LTE Temp. Coefficient] Brief descriptions of item configuration

Field Descriptions
It will be the reference file to the “Output INI” file.
Target INI/CAL file
And all the data in the “Target INI file” will not be changed.
Temperature INI/CAL files, It is the TX/RX calibration result in the ADC(x) (x = 0~7). Those files
ADC0~ADC7 use to calculate the temperature compensation.
Firstly, Output INI file content is totally same with the “Target INI”
content . Only the temperature compensation for PA and PD gain and
RX path loss will be overwrote by the calculation result from ADCx(x =
0~7) file.

PD/PA gain under the TPC data will be changed (Y = 0~8) Classification: Confidential B
 Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature (Y)
Ouput INI  Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature (Y)
Temperature reset under the Pathloss data will be changed
Temperature Offset
 [Support Band] Table

It will show the TX or RX band that will be calculated the temperature compensation. It only show the band
that is supported in target and whose data in the [ADC]/[Target] files are all complete.

300 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-265 [M21] [Support Band] sample in LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator

RX case example in [Support Band]

If target supports Band1, and Band1 includes the Route1, Route2, NCCA Route3.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

 (V) Target file / ADC files all support Band1’s route data.
 (X) Target file / ADC files only all support Band1 Route1 data.
 (X) Target file supports band1’s all route data, but ADC file doen’t.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

 (X) It doesn’t support the band1 in the target.


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.9.16.1.a Generate synthesized temperature coefficient file


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-266 [M21] Click [Generate] button to generate TX/RX temperaure compensation

8.9.16.2 M50 series user interface

It supports TX PD/PA gain , RX path loss and DPD temperation compensation.

Note: DPD feature is based on SW capability. If SW load doesn't support the DPD, Please refer to the section
“M21 series user interface”.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 301

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 8-267 [M50] LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Table 8-7 [M50][LTE Temp. Coefficient] Brief descriptions of item configuration

Field Descriptions

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


It will be the reference file to the “Output INI” file.
Target INI/CAL file
And all the data in the “Target INI file” will not be changed.
Temperature INI/CAL files, It is the TX/RX/DPD calibration result in the ADC(x) (x = 0~7). Those
ADC0~ADC7 files use to calculate the temperature compensation.
Firstly, Output INI file content is totally same with the “Target INI”
content . Only the temperature compensation for PA and PD gain and
RX path loss will be overwrote by the calculation result from ADCx(x =
0~7) file.

PD/PA gain under the TPC data will be changed (Y = 0~8)


 Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation pa gain pa low temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation pa gain pa middle temperature (Y)
Ouput INI  Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature (Y)

Classification: Confidential B
 Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature (Y)
 Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature (Y)

Temperature Offset under the Pathloss data will be changed


 Temperature Offset

PA gain high mode under the DPD data will be changed (Y = 0~8)
 Tx compensation pa gain pa high temperature (Y)
 [Support Band] Table

It will show the TX, RX or DPD band that will be calculated the temperature compensation. It only show the
band that is supported in target and whose data in the [ADC]/[Target] files a re all complete.

302 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-268 [M50] [Support Band] sample in LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator

RX case example in [Support Band]

If target supports Band1, and Band1 includes the Route1, Route2, NCCA Route3.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

 (V) Target file / ADC files all support Band1’s route data.
 (X) Target file / ADC files only all support Band1 Route1 data.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

 (X) Target file supports band1’s all route data, but ADC file doen’t.
 (X) It doesn’t support the band1 in the target.
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.9.16.2.a Generate synthesized temperature coefficient file


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-269 [M50] Click [Generate] button to generate TX/RX temperaure compensation

8.9.16.3 M70 series user interface

It supports TX PD/PA gain, DPD PA gain and ET PA gain temperature compensation.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 303

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-270 [M70] LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Table 8-8 [M70][LTE Temp. Coefficient] Brief descriptions of item configuration

Field Descriptions
It will be the reference file to the “Output INI” file.
Reference INI/CAL file
And all the data in the “Reference INI file” will not be changed.
Temperature INI/CAL files, It is the TX, DPD and ET calibration result in the ADC(x) (x = 0~7).
ADC0~ADC7 Those files use to calculate the temperature compensation.
Firstly, Output INI file content is totally same with the “Reference INI”
content. Only the temperature compensation for PA and PD gain will
be overwrote by the calculation result from ADC(x) (x = 0~7) file.

PA/PD gain under the TX data will be changed (Y = 0~8)


 Temperature Offset pa gain pa 0 (Y)

Classification: Confidential B
 Temperature Offset pa gain pa 1 (Y)
Output INI  Temperature Offset pa gain pa 2 (Y)
 Tx compensation power detector coupler loss 0 (Y)
 Tx compensation power detector coupler loss 1 (Y)
 Tx compensation power detector coupler loss 2 (Y)

PA gain under the DPD and ET data will be changed (Y = 0~8)


 Tx compensation pa gain pa 0 temperature (Y)

 [Support Band] Table

It will show the TX/DPD/ET band that will be calculated the temperature compensation. It only show the
band that is supported in target and whose data in the [ADC]/[Reference] files are all complete.

304 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-271 [M70] [Support Band] sample in LTE Temp. Coefficient Generator

TX/DPD/ET case example in [Support Band]


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

If target supports band1, and band1 includes the route CA0 and bandwidth BW0, route CA1 and
bandwidth BW0.

 (V) Reference file / ADC files all support band1’s route and bandwidth data.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

 (X) Reference file / ADC files only all support band1 CA0 data without any band1 CA1 data.
 (X) Reference file supports band1’s all route data, but ADC file doesn’t.
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

 (X) ADC file supports band1’s all route data, but Reference file doesn’t.
 (X) It doesn’t support the band1 in the target.

8.9.16.3.a Generate synthesized temperature coefficient file


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-272 [M70] Click [Generate] button to generate TX temperature compensation

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 305

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10 C2K RF Tool


This tool contains all supported testing and verification features, such as AFC control, RX, TX …etc. You can start
it from main page after connecting to the target.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-273 Select [C2K RF Tool] from main selection menu

Classification: Confidential B
After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature page
floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed descriptions
of each RF page are listed in the below sections.

Figure 8-274 [C2K RF Tool] RF feature pages

306 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-275 [C2K RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-276 [C2K RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself

8.10.1 AFC Control


This page can trigger target to output the TX burst for frequency error measurement and calculate AFC calibration
data.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 307

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10.1.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-277 [M21] C2K AFC Control

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.10.1.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The frequency error will be showed on
the instrument. The [Stop] button will be activated automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-278 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger C2K AFC test

308 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10.1.1.bCalculate Init-AFC / Slope

This tool can calculate Init-AFC DAC and slope values; please fill the frequency error shown on the instrument
and click the [Calculate] button to get results.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-279 [M21] Click [Calculate] button to calculate the C2K Init-AFC DAC and Slope

8.10.1.1.c Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update data from/to target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 309

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-280 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K AFC control

8.10.1.1.dImport / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export data from/to file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

310 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-281 [M21][Import] and [Export] button in C2K AFC control

The following is the INI file format. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the value
based on its format.

[MMRF AFC control]


Initial value =
MediaTek Confidential

Slope =
cap_id =

8.10.1.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

8.10.2 Temperature ADC


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

The page can measure temperature sensor ADC value, and read/write import/export temperature data.
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.10.2.1 M21 series user interface


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-282 [M21] C2K temperature ADC

8.10.2.1.a Measure temperature ADC

Click [Fetch ADC] button to get temperature ADC of target.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 311

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-283 [M21] [Fetch ADC] button in C2K temperature ADC

8.10.2.1.bRead / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update data from/to target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

312 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-284 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K temperature ADC

8.10.2.1.c Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export data from/to file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 313

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-285 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K temperature ADC

The following is the INI file format. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the value
based on its format.

[Multi-RAT Temperature Sensor]

RFIC0=293,335,384,430,495,543,604,637

8.10.3 RX
This page can measure the power of the indicated channel. Classification: Confidential B

314 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10.3.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-286 [M21] C2K RX


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.10.3.1.a Start testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start Single] button to trigger RSSI single testing. The result will be
shown in the “RSSI Result” field.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-287 [M21] Click [Start Single] button to trigger C2K RSSI test

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 315

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10.3.1.bStart continuous testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start Continuous] button to trigger target to receive continuously, the
[Stop Continuous] and [Fetch RSSI] buttons will be activated automatically; stop receiving by clicking [Stop
Continuous] button.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-288 [M21] Click [Start Continuous] button to trigger C2K receiving continuously

8.10.3.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.10.4 RX Path Loss

The difference of the downlink cell power and the average power of RSSI is the Path Loss. This page is used for

Classification: Confidential B
fine tune the RX path loss and to save these settings to target or file.

316 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10.4.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-289 [M21] C2K RX Path Loss

8.10.4.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update data from/to target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 317

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-290 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K RX Path Loss

8.10.4.1.bImport / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export data from/to file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

318 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-291 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K RX Path Loss

The following is the INI file format. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the value
based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of bands. where (X) ranges from 0 to 7

[C2K BC0 RX High Power]

Subband max uarfcn=

Temperature (X) RX loss mode0=

Temperature (X) RX loss mode1=


Classification: Confidential B

Temperature (X) RX loss mode2=

Temperature (X) RX loss mode3=

Temperature (X) RX loss mode4=

Temperature (X) RX loss mode5=

Temperature (X) RX loss mode6=

Temperature (X) RX loss mode7=

Temperature celsius=

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 319

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10.4.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.10.5 TX

MediaTek Confidential
This page can trigger target to output the TX burst, and you can observe the TX signal by using an instrument.

8.10.5.1 M21 series user interface

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-292 [M21] C2K TX

8.10.5.1.a Start / Stop testing

Classification: Confidential B
Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger TX burst, and you can observe the TX signal by
using an instrument. The [Stop] button will be activated automatically; stop testing by clicking it.

320 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Figure 8-293 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger C2K TX test


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

8.10.5.1.bRe configure

After TX started, you can change the testing parameters in “Config” field and click [Re-Config] button to update
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

them to target.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-294 [M21] Click [Re-Config] button to update C2K TX testing parameters

8.10.5.1.c Fetch power detector result

You can click [Fetch] button to fetch the power detector measurement result.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 321

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-295 [M21] Click [Fetch] button to fetch C2K TX power detector result

8.10.5.2 M50 series user interface

Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.10.6 TPC Profile


This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.

Classification: Confidential B

322 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10.6.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-296 [M21] C2K TPC Profile

8.10.6.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update data from/to target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 323

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-297 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K TPC profile

8.10.6.1.bImport / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export data from/to file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

324 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-298 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K TPC profile

The following is the INI file format. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the value
based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of bands


Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 325

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[C2K BC0 TX 1xRTT]


Coupler loss=

End0=

End1=

MediaTek Confidential
PA OCTLEVEL PA Phase Compensation=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Dc2Dc=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Gain=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Mode=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Prf=

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm0=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm1=

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


PA OCTLEVEL Sections=

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Start0=

Start1=

Subband max uarfcn=

Temperature celsius=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 5= Classification: Confidential B

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 7=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 2=


Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 4=

326 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 5=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 7=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 0=


MediaTek Confidential

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 1=


Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 5=


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 7=


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 1=


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 5=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 7=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 1=


Classification: Confidential B

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 5=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 7=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 2=

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 327

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 5=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 6=

MediaTek Confidential
Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 7=
Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 3=

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 5=

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 7=

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 5=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 7=

Classification: Confidential B
Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 0=

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 1=

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 2=

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 3=

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 4=

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 5=

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 6=

Tx compensation power detector pa high temperature 7=

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 0=

328 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 1=

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 2=

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 3=

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 4=


MediaTek Confidential

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 5=


Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 6=

Tx compensation power detector pa low temperature 7=

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 0=

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 1=


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 2=

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 3=


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 4=

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 5=


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 6=

Tx compensation power detector pa middle temperature 7=

8.10.6.2 M50 series user interface


Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.
Classification: Confidential B

8.10.7 DPD Profile


This page is used for fine tune the DPD TX configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 329

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10.7.1 M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-299 [M21] C2K DPD Profile

8.10.7.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update data from/to target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

330 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-300 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K DPD profile

8.10.7.1.bImport / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export data from/to file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 331

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-301 [M21] [Import] and [Export] button in C2K DPD profile

The following is the INI file format. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change the value
based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of bands, where (X) ranges from 0 to 14

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

332 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[C2K BC0 DPD 1xRTT]


APT to DPD=

DPD to APT=

End0=
MediaTek Confidential

End1=

PA OCTLEVEL PA Phase Compensation=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Dc2Dc=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Gain=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level PA Mode=


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Prf=

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm0=


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

PA OCTLEVEL PMU Level Vm1=


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

PA OCTLEVEL Sections=

Start0=

Start1=

Subband max uarfcn=

Subband(X) AM Gain Num0=

Subband(X) AM Gain Num1=

Subband(X) AM Gain Num2=

Subband(X) AM Gain Num3=

Subband(X) AM Gain Num4=


Classification: Confidential B

Subband(X) AM Gain Num5=


Subband(X) AM Gain Num6=

Subband(X) AM Gain Num7=

Subband(X) PM Gain Num0=

Subband(X) PM Gain Num1=

Subband(X) PM Gain Num2=


Subband(X) PM Gain Num3=

Subband(X) PM Gain Num4=

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 333

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Subband(X) PM Gain Num5=

Subband(X) PM Gain Num6=

Subband(X) PM Gain Num7=

Temperature celsius=

MediaTek Confidential
Tr Val=
Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 3=

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 5=

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 0 temperature 7=

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 5=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 1 temperature 7=

Classification: Confidential B
Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 5=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 2 temperature 7=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 0=

334 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 4=


MediaTek Confidential

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 5=


Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 3 temperature 7=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 1=


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 3=


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 5=


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 4 temperature 7=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 5=


Classification: Confidential B

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 5 temperature 7=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 2=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 3=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 5=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 6=

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 335

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 6 temperature 7=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 0=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 1=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 2=

MediaTek Confidential
Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 3=
Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 4=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 5=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 6=

Tx compensation pa gain pa level 7 temperature 7=

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Tx path compensation=

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.10.7.2 M50 series user interface
Please refer to the section “M21 series user interface”.

8.10.8 MIPI TPA Profile


This page is used for editing the MIPI TPA NVRAM data, and update the data to target.

Classification: Confidential B

336 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10.8.1 M21 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-302 [M21] C2K MIPI TPA Profile

8.10.8.1.a Read / Write the MIPI TPA data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update data from/to target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 337

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-303 [M21] [Read] and [Write] button in C2K MIPI TPA profile

8.10.9 Temperature Coefficient


This page is used for generating the 8 groups of temperature compensation data.

8.10.9.1 M21 series user interface

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-304 [M21] C2K temperature coefficient

338 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10.9.1.a Generate output file

Click [Select Calibration file of Temperature 1] ~ [Select Calibration file of Temperature 8] buttons to select the
calibration file of 8 different temperature, and click [Select Output File] button to select output file for saving the
result, then click [Generate Output File] button.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-305 [M21] C2K temperature coefficient generate output file


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.10.10 FHC
This page can trigger target to output the FHC TX burst and measure RX RSSI, and you can measure the FHC TX
power by using an instrument.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 339

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10.10.1M21 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-306 [M21] C2K FHC

8.10.10.1.a Read / Import the FHC data

Click [Read] button to get FHC data from target or [Import] button to get from file. You can see “Read data from
target successfully”/“Import data from file successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

340 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-307 [M21] [Read] and [Import] button in C2K FHC

8.10.10.1.b Start testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger FHC burst, if start successfully, the RX RSSI and
power detector result of target will be shown in “FHC Result Reported by DUT” field.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 341

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-308 [M21] Click [Start] button to trigger C2K FHC

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.10.11 NSFT
This page can trigger target to do NSFT traditional testing.

Test steps: instrument generate the downlink signal => click [Enter] button => click [Start TX] button => click
[Fetch FER] button => click [Exit] button

8.10.11.1M21 series user interface

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-309 [M21] C2K NSFT

342 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10.11.1.a Enter / Exit NSFT mode

Click [Enter] / [Exit] buttons to make target enter/exit NSFT test mode. The [Start TX] / [Fetch FER] buttons will
be activated/deactivated automatically.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-310 [M21] [Enter] and [Exit] button in C2K NSFT


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.10.11.1.b Start TX / Fetch FER

Click [Start TX] button to trigger target to synchronize with the instrument and start TX, if successfully, you can
see the target outputting TX power on instrument, and then can click [Fetch FER] to fetch a FER measurement
result from target.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-311 [M21] [Start TX] and [Fetch FER] button in C2K NSFT

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 343

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.10.12 Debug
This page can provide the debugging ultility and basic function of BSI / MIPI control.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-312 C2K debug

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


8.10.12.1Read / Write BSI register

Specify the register address and click [Read] / [Write] button to get/update the value.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-313 Read / Write C2K BSI register in specific address

8.10.12.2Read / Write MIPI register

Specify the register address and click [Read] / [Write] button to get/update the value.

344 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-314 Read / Write C2K MIPI register in specific address


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

8.10.12.3Start self-calibration
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Click [Start Self Cal] button to trigger target to do a self-calibration.


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-315 Start C2K self-calibration


Classification: Confidential B

8.10.12.4Read / export self-calibration data

Click [Read Self Cal Data] button to read data from target and [Export Self Cal Data] button to export data to file.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 345

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 8-316 Read / export C2K self-calibration data

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


8.11 NR RF Tool

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


This tool contains all supported NR RF testing and verification features, such as PUSCH TX, RSRP RX and path

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


loss …etc. You can start it from main page after connecting to the target.

Note: NR RF tool is supported from M70 series modem.

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-317 Select [NR RF Tool] from main selection menu

346 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

After tool startup, select the RF feature page from tab panel or context menu. And you can make RF feature
page floating from the main form, and drag and drop them to change your favorite layout. The detailed
descriptions of each RF page are listed in the below sections.
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-318 Select [NR RF Tool] from main selection menu


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-319 [NR RF Tool] Select RF page form context menu


Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 347

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-320 [NR RF Tool] Example of making the layout by yourself

8.11.1 RSSI

This page is used to measure the cell power of the indicated channel with an input continuous sine wave.

MediaTek Confidential
8.11.1.1 M70 series user interface

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-321 [M70] NR RSSI © 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

8.11.1.1.a Start testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger RSSI testing. The result will be shown in the
“RSSI Result” field. Also, you can see “RSSI test finished.” on the status bar if the function doing well.

348 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-322 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR RSSI test

8.11.1.1.b Calculate DL power and gain

For instrument setting, specify the gain mode for main and diversity path and click [Calculate] button to trigger
sequencer search (gain calculator). The result will be shown in the “Advised DL Power (dbm)”, “RF Gain”, “Digital
Gain” and “Type2 RF Gain Index” fields. Also, you can see “Fetch gain info done.” on the status bar if the function
doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 349

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-323 [M70] Click [Calculate] button to get NR RSSI advised DL power and gain

8.11.2 RX PathLoss

The parameter of RX path loss is used to calibrate RSSI error. This page is used to fine tune the RX path loss and
to save these settings to target or file

Classification: Confidential B

350 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

351
Figure 8-324 [M70] NR type 1 route Path Loss

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)
8.11.2.1 M70 series user interface
MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-325 [M70] NR type 2 route Path Loss

8.11.2.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update Path Loss of target. You can see “Read data from target

MediaTek Confidential
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B
Figure 8-326 [M70] [Read] and [Write] path loss data in NR Path Loss

8.11.2.1.b Import / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export Path Loss of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

352 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-327 [M70] [Import] and [Export] path loss data in NR Path Loss

The following is the INI file format of Path Loss. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of a NR band, where (X) and (Y) is from SW capability.
Classification: Confidential B

Tool will pop up error message, if pathloss data in the file is not matched the SW capability :

 Example: If targe supports hpm “G0,g1”; however, the key name “RX loss hpm G0,g1” does not
exist in the file.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 353

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[NR n1 RX loss]
Route =

RF Chip ID =

DL Frequency(1KHz) =

MediaTek Confidential
RX loss hpm G(X),g(Y) =

RX loss lpm G(X),g(Y) =

Temperature Offset =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Note: This is the one example of a NR NCCA band, where partial on loss (X) , (Y) and gbg loss (L) , (M) , (N)
are from SW capability.

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Tool will pop up error message, if pathloss data in the file is not matched the SW capability :

 If targe supports hpm “G0,g1” for partial on case; however, the key name “RX srx path0 partial on

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


loss for hpm G0,g1” or “RX srx path1 partial on loss for hpm G0,g1” does not exist in the file.
 If targe supports hpm “G0,g1,g0” for gbg case; however, the key name “RX srx path0 gbg loss for
hpm G0,g1,g0” or “RX srx path1 gbg loss for hpm G0,g1,g0” does not exist in the file.

[NR n1 Route NCCA0 RX loss]

Route =

RF Chip ID =

DL Frequency(1KHz) =

RX srx path0 partial on loss for hpm G(X),g(Y) =

RX srx path1 partial on loss for hpm G(X),g(Y) =

Classification: Confidential B
RX srx path0 partial on loss for lpm G(X),g(Y) =

RX srx path1 partial on loss for lpm G(X),g(Y) =

RX srx path0 gbg loss for hpm G(L),g(M),g(N) =

RX srx path1 gbg loss for hpm G(L),g(M),g(N) =

RX srx path0 gbg loss for lpm G(L),g(M),g(N) =

RX srx path1 gbg loss for lpm G(L),g(M),g(N) =

Temperature Offset =

354 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.11.3 Continuous RX
This page is used to enable RX path for input impedance tuning.

8.11.3.1 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-328 [M70] NR Continuous RX


© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

8.11.3.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-329 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Continuous RX

8.11.4 RSRP Force Mode


This page is used to observe the RSRP and BLER by band and by route with an input NR modulation waveform.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 355

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.11.4.1 M70 series user interface

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B
Figure 8-330 [M70] NR RSRP Force Mode

8.11.4.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it. The measurement report will be updated in “RX Result” field.

356 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-331 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR RSRP Force mode
Classification: Confidential B

8.11.5 RSRP Normal Mode


This page is used to observe the RSRP and BLER by band in 2RX or 4RX mode with an input NR modulation
waveform.

8.11.5.1 M70 series user interface

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 357

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


Figure 8-332 [M70] NR RSRP Normal Mode, Mimo Type[2x2]

Modem META Tool


358
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-333 [M70] NR RSRP Normal Mode, Mimo Type[4x4]

8.11.5.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it. The measurement report will be updated in “RX Result” field.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 359

Modem META Tool


MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Customer Support

8 RF Tools
MT6001

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)


Figure 8-334 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR RSRP Normal

Modem META Tool


This page can trigger single tone TX power testing.
8.11.6 Single Tone TX

360
Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.11.6.1 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-335 [M70] NR Single Tone TX

8.11.6.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 361

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

Figure 8-336 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Single Tone TX

8.11.6.1.bFetch Power Detector value

Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] to get value of power detector on target.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-337 [M70] Click [Fetch PD (dBm)] button to get PD value

8.11.7 APT Profile


This page is used for fine tune the TX configuration and profiles, and update the settings to target or file.

Classification: Confidential B

362 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.11.7.1 M70 series user interface


MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-338 [M70] NR APT Profile

8.11.7.1.a Read / Write the calibration data

Click [Read]/ [Write] buttons to get/update APT calibration data of target. You can see “Read data from target
successfully”/“Write data to target successfully “on the status bar if function doing well.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 363

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 8-339 [M70] [Read] and [Write] button in NR APT profile

8.11.7.1.bImport / Export the calibration data

Click [Import]/ [Export] buttons to import/export TPC calibration data of file. You can see “Import data from file
successfully”/“Export data to file successfully” on the status bar if function doing well.

Classification: Confidential B

364 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-340 [M70] [Import] and [Export] button in NR APT profile

The following is the INI file format of APT profile. You can get the full text file by “Export” utility and then change
the value based on its format.

Note: This is the one example of a NR band


Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 365

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

[NR n1 BW0 TPC]


256QAM usage =

Pa control dc2dc level =

Pa control pa gain =

MediaTek Confidential
Pa control prf =

Pa mode map =

Pa mode number =

Pa mode prf_idx =

Pa section number =

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


RF Chip ID =

Route =

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Temperature Index =

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Temperature Offset Power detector pa 0 =

Temperature Offset Power detector pa 1 =

Temperature Offset Power detector pa 2 =

Temperature Offset pa gain pa 0 =

Temperature Offset pa gain pa 1 =

Temperature Offset pa gain pa 2 =

Tx compensation pa gain frequency(1KHz) =

Tx compensation pa gain pa 0 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa 1 =

Tx compensation pa gain pa 2 = Classification: Confidential B

Tx compensation power detector coupler loss 0 =

Tx compensation power detector coupler loss 1 =

Tx compensation power detector coupler loss 2 =

Tx compensation power detector pa 0 =

Tx compensation power detector pa 1 =


Tx compensation power detector pa 2 =

366 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.11.8 Forced PUSCH TX

This page is used to observe TX waveform performance with modulated PUSCH signal for each single specific
route.
MediaTek Confidential

8.11.8.1 M70 series user interface


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-341 [M70] NR Forced PUSCH TX

8.11.8.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
Classification: Confidential B

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 367

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
Figure 8-342 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Forced PUSCH TX

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


8.11.9 Normal PUSCH TX

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


This page is used to observe TX waveform performance with modulated PUSCH signal for different scenarios, CA
and MIMO is supported in this page.

8.11.9.1 M70 series user interface

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-343 [M70] NR Normal PUSCH TX

368 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

8.11.9.1.a Start / Stop testing

Specify the testing parameters and click [Start] button to trigger testing. The [Stop] button will be activated
automatically; stop testing by clicking it.
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 8-344 [M70] Click [Start] button to trigger NR Normal PUSCH TX

8.11.10 Temp. Coefficient Generator

8.11.10.1.a M70 series user interface


Classification: Confidential B

It supports TX PD/PA gain, DPD PA gain and ET PA gain temperature compensation.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 369

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Figure 8-345 [M70] NR Temp. Coefficient Generator

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Table 8-9 [M70][NR Temp. Coefficient] Brief descriptions of item configuration

Field Descriptions
It will be the reference file to the “Output INI” file.
Reference INI/CAL file
And all the data in the “Reference INI file” will not be changed.
Temperature INI/CAL files, It is the TX, DPD and ET calibration result in the ADC(x) (x = 0~7).
ADC0~ADC7 Those files use to calculate the temperature compensation.
Firstly, Output INI file content is totally same with the “Reference INI”
content. Only the temperature compensation for PA and PD gain will
be overwrote by the calculation result from ADC(x) (x = 0~7) file.

PA/PD gain under the TX data will be changed (Y = 0~8)


 Temperature Offset pa gain pa 0 (Y)
 Temperature Offset pa gain pa 1 (Y)
 Temperature Offset pa gain pa 2 (Y)
Classification: Confidential B
Output INI
 Tx compensation power detector coupler loss 0 (Y)
 Tx compensation power detector coupler loss 1 (Y)
 Tx compensation power detector coupler loss 2 (Y)

PA gain under the DPD and ET data will be changed (Y = 0~8)


 Tx compensation pa gain pa 0 temperature (Y)

 [Support Band] Table

It will show the TX/DPD/ET band that will be calculated the temperature compensation. It only show the
band that is supported in target and whose data in the [ADC]/[Reference] files are all c omplete.

370 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
8 RF Tools
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 8-346 [M70] [Support Band] sample in NR Temp. Coefficient Generator

TX/DPD/ET case example in [Support Band]


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

If target supports band1, and band1 includes the route CA0 and bandwidth BW0, route CA1 and
bandwidth BW0.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

 (V) Reference file / ADC files all support band1’s route and bandwidth data.
 (X) Reference file / ADC files only all support band1 CA0 data without any band1 CA1 data.
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

 (X) Reference file supports band1’s all route data, but ADC file doesn’t.
 (X) ADC file supports band1’s all route data, but Reference file doesn’t.
 (X) It doesn’t support the band1 in the target.

8.11.10.1.b Generate synthesized temperature coefficient file


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 8-347 [M70] Click [Generate] button to generate TX temperature compensation

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 371

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
9 Console Tool

9 Console Tool

Currently, Modem Meta Console Tool supports smart phone via USB cable. Settings for connection into META
mode are collected via INI file as following.

MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 9-1 [Console Tool] Config_maui.xml

372 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
9 Console Tool

a. Connection section
MediaTek Confidential

Figure 9-2 [Console Tool] Connection section

Table 9-1 [Console Tool] The key string of Platform type


Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

 Platform type:
Key string Usage Parameter
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

PlatformType Set the connection You can refer to the UI settings


platform type
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Table 9-2 [Console Tool] The key string of ComPortType

 ComPortType:
Key string Usage Parameter
Set the connection COM USB or UART
ComPortType:
port type

Table 9-3 [Console Tool] The key string of ComPort

 ComPort:
Key string Usage Parameter
ComPort Set the connection com  Auto Connection: Use USB to connect if you don’t know the com port
port number
 COMx: x is the port number that you need.
Classification: Confidential B

Table 9-4 [Console Tool] The key string of PreloaderPort

 PreloaderPort:
Key string Usage Parameter
PreloaderPort Set the preloader port for  COMx: x is the port number that you need.
booting Note:
If the value of key string "Comport" is "Auto Connection", the value of key string
"PreloaderPort" will be ignored.

Table 9-5 [Console Tool] The key string of EnableADBServier

 EnableADBServier:

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 373

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
9 Console Tool

Key string Usage Parameter


EnableADBServier Enable ADB Service for AT command usage (It only support on “Platform type is 0 is disable, 1 is enable
Smart Phone”)

MediaTek Confidential
Table 9-6 [Console Tool] The key string of EnableSwitchModemMode

 EnableSwitchModemMode:
Key string Usage Parameter
EnableSwitchModemMode Switch the normal mode to the meta mode on modem chip (It only 0 is disable, 1 is enable
support on “platform type is Modem only, Thin Modem and Dummy AP”)

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


b. Modem action section

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Figure 9-3 [Console Tool] Modem action section

Table 9-7 [Console Tool] The key string of SoftwareType

 SoftwareType: Classification: Confidential B

Key string Usage Parameter


SoftwareType Set the usage modem  Empty: Modem META skips the setting
software type  Value: The modem software type

Table 9-8 [Console Tool] The key string of DB

 DB:
Key string Usage Parameter
DB Set the DB file path  Load from target: Load DB from the target
 File path: Load DB from a file path

Table 9-9 [Console Tool] The key string of OutputCalibrationDataFilePath

374 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
9 Console Tool

 OutputCalibrationDataFilePath:
Key string Usage Parameter
OutputCalibrationDataFilePath Upload the calibration  Empty: Modem META skips the setting
data from the target,  File path: Save calibration data to this file
and then save them to
the file. (mapping UI
update parameter)
MediaTek Confidential

Table 9-10 [Console Tool] The key string of CalibrationFilePath

 CalibrationFilePath:
Key string Usage Parameter
CalibrationFilePath Download the calibration  Empty: Modem META skips the setting
file to the target. (mapping  File path: Download this file to the target
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

UI update parameter)

Table 9-11 [Console Tool] The key string of IMEI


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

 IMEI:
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Key string Usage Parameter


IMEI Download the IMEI to the  Empty: Modem META skips the step
target. (mapping UI IMEI  IMEI List: Write the IMEI number to the target.(Example: 12345678912345,
Download ) 12345678912345)

Table 9-12 [Console Tool] The key string of MEID

 MEID:
Key string Usage Parameter
MEID Download the MEID to the  Empty: Modem META skips the step
target. (mapping UI MEID  MEID Number: Write the MEID number to the target.
Download )
Classification: Confidential B

Table 9-13 [Console Tool] The key string of DumpRamDiskFilePath

 DumpRamDiskFilePath:
Key string Usage Parameter
DumpRamDiskFilePath Dump Ram Disk from the  Empty: Modem META skips the step
target. (Mapping UI Ram  File Path: Dump the ram disk text of the target to a file.
Disk Dump). it only
supports on “Modem
only”

Table 9-14 [Console Tool] The key string of ImportNvramFilePath

 ImportNvramFilePath:
Key string Usage Parameter
ImportNvramFilePath Import the selected  Empty: Modem META skips the step
records and the values

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 375

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
9 Console Tool

Key string Usage Parameter


from a file  File Path:The NVRAM file which is requested to write into target.

Table 9-15 [Console Tool] The key string of WriteNvram

 WriteNvram:

MediaTek Confidential
Key string Usage Parameter
WriteNvram Control console tool to  0 is disable, 1 is enable
import the NVRAM file
and write it to target

Table 9-16 [Console Tool] The key string of ExportNvramFilePath

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


ExportNvramFilePath:
Key string Usage Parameter
ExportNvramFilePath Export the selected  Empty: Modem META skips the step
records to file  File Path:The NVRAM file which is used to save the NVRAM from target .

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Table 9-17 [Console Tool] The key string of ReadNvram

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


 ReadNvram:
Key string Usage Parameter
ReadNvram Control console tool to  0 is disable, 1 is enable
read NVRAM and export
to file.

c. Log section

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 9-4 [Console Tool] Log section

Table 9-18 [Console Tool] The key string of ToolLogPath

 ToolLogPath:
Key string Usage Parameter
ToolLogPath Set the file path to save a  Empty: Set the default folder path(c:\MauiMETA_Log)
tool log  Folder path: Set the tool log file path

376 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
9 Console Tool

Table 9-19 [Console Tool] The key string of ComportLogEnable

 ComportLogEnable:
Key string Usage Parameter
ComportLogEnable Enable comport log. 0 is disable, 1 is enable
Must assign ToolLogPath
first.
MediaTek Confidential

Table 9-20 [Console Tool] The key string of ModemLogto

 ModemLogto:
Key string Usage Parameter
ModemLogto Select the modem log  Empty: the modem log is not available
mode  Catcher / ELT: log to Catcher or ELT
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

 Dump to File: log to PC file

Table 9-21 [Console Tool] The key string of ModemLogPath


This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

 ModemLogPath:
Key string Usage Parameter
© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

ModemLogPath Set the modem log folder  Empty: Set the default folder path(c:\MauiMETA_Log)
path for logging to a PC file  Folder path: Set the Modem log file path

Table 9-22 [Console Tool] The key string of ModemLogFilter

 ModemLogFilter:
Key string Usage Parameter
ModemLogFilter Set the modem filter File path: Use this file to set the Modem filter

Table 9-23 [Console Tool] The key string of APLogto

 APLogto:
Classification: Confidential B

Key string Usage Parameter


APLogto Select the AP log mode (it  Empty: AP log is not available
only supports on “Platform  GAT: Log to GAT Tool
type is Smart Phone”)  Dump to File: Log to PC file

Table 9-24 [Console Tool] The key string of APLogPath

 APLogPath:
Key string Usage Parameter
APLogPath Set the modem log folder  Empty: Set the default folder path(c:\MauiMETA_Log)
path for logging to a PC file.  Folder path: Set the AP log file path
it only supports on
“Platform type is Smart
Phone”

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 377

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
9 Console Tool

d. Disconnect section

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 9-5 [Console Tool] Disconnection section

Table 9-25 [Console Tool] The key string of Backup

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


 Backup:
Key string Usage Parameter

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Backup Enable backup to Backup 0 is disable, 1 is enable
Partition/SDS before
disconnect.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


Table 9-26 [Console Tool] The key string of AfterDisconnect

 AfterDisconnect:
Key string Usage Parameter
AfterDisconnect Set the action after Shutdown: Shutdown the target after disconnection.
disconnect Reboot: Reboot the target to normal mode.

Table 9-27 [Console Tool] The key string of ClearMetaBootModeFlag

 ClearMetaBootModeFlag:
Key string Usage Parameter
ClearMetaBootModeFlag Decide to clear meta boot mode flag after disconnect. You need to set the AP 0 is not clear,
DB. 1 is clear

Classification: Confidential B
Table 9-28 [Console Tool] The key string of ApDB

 ApDB:
Key string Usage Parameter
ApDB Decide the data base of AP load. If you need to clear the meta boot mode flag, you File path: Set the AP DB
have to set the AP data base. file path

Table 9-29 [Console Tool] The key string of EnableSwitchNormalMode

 EnableSwitchNormalMode:
Key string Usage Parameter
EnableSwitchNormalMode Switch the meta mode to the normal mode on modem chip (It only 0 is disable, 1 is enable
support on “platform type is Modem only, Thin Modem and Dummy AP”)

378 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
9 Console Tool

e. RF Calibration section
MediaTek Confidential
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 9-6 [Console Tool] RFCalibration section

Table 9-30 [Console Tool] The key string of CfgFilePath

 CfgFilePath:
Key string Usage Parameter
Classification: Confidential B

CfgFilePath [Required] Specify the cfg file path. File path: set the cfg file path.

Table 9-31 [Console Tool] The key string of IniFilePath

 IniFilePath:
Key string Usage Parameter
IniFilePath [Required] Specify the ini file path. File path: set the ini file path.

Table 9-32 [Console Tool] The key string of ResultFileName

 ResultFileName:
Key string Usage Parameter
ResultFileName [Required] Specify the result file name The string of result file name.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 379

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
9 Console Tool

Key string Usage Parameter


(Barcode).

Table 9-33 [Console Tool] The key string of ResultFolderPath

 ResultFolderPath:

MediaTek Confidential
Key string Usage Parameter
ResultFolderPath [Required] Specify the folder path of Folder path: set the folder path of result.
calibration result.

Table 9-34 [Console Tool] The key string of CalTestExportedFilePath

 CalTestExportedFilePath:

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Key string Usage Parameter
CalTestExportedFilePath [Required] Specify the exported file of calibration and test File path. Use "Export" function in RF
item. calibration tool to generate the file.

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Table 9-35 [Console Tool] The key string of BackupCalData

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


 BackupCalData:
Key string Usage Parameter
BackupCalData If META will Back up calibration data to the target after 1: back up (default)
calibration success. 0: don’t back up.

Table 9-36 [Console Tool] The key string of IncreaseBarCodeWhenSuccess/ IncreaseBarCodeWhenFailed

 IncreaseBarCodeWhenSuccess/ IncreaseBarCodeWhenFailed:
Key string Usage Parameter
IncreaseBarCodeWhenSuccess/ Increate the barcode when success/failed. Number: increase value.
IncreaseBarCodeWhenFailed

Classification: Confidential B
Table 9-37 [Console Tool] The key string of StopWhenFailed

 StopWhenFailed:
Key string Usage Parameter
StopWhenFailed If META will stop when calibration failed (for stress test usage). 1: stop
0: don’t stop (default)

Table 9-38 [Console Tool] The key string of ApDbPath

 ApDbPath:
Key string Usage Parameter
ApDbPath Specify if the AP DB path if needed. File path: set the AP DB path

380 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
9 Console Tool

Table 9-39 [Console Tool] The key string of Md1DbPath

 Md1DbPath:
Key string Usage Parameter
Md1DbPath Specify the MD1 DB path if needed. “Load from target”: Load DB from target
File path: load DB from file path
MediaTek Confidential

9.1 Console mode operation


Table 9-40 [Console Tool] Modem META console mode operation

Command Options
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

MetaConsoleTool.exe [Option]  -i, --init-file <file path> Initial setting file.


 -?, -h, --help Displays this help.
 -v, --version Displays version information.
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.

Figure 9-7 [Console Tool] Modem META console mode operation

9.2 Use command line steps to open the console mode


You can use the following steps to open the console mode before connect to the smart phone.

Step1: Open the cmd.exe.


Classification: Confidential B

Figure 9-8 [Console Tool] Open the cmd.exe

Step2: Enter the tool folder. For example: cd /d D:\xxxx\xxx.

CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05) 381

Modem META Tool


Customer Support
MT6001
9 Console Tool

MediaTek Confidential
Figure 9-9 [Console Tool] Enter the tool folder

Step3: Enter the command. For example: MetaConsoleTool.exe -i setting.ini.

Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.


Figure 9-10 [Console Tool] Enter the command

This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.


Step4: Plug in the device.

9.3 Sample of read/write NVRAM using console tool

© 2020 MediaTek Inc.


The scenarios of Reading/Writing NVRAM via console tool are divided into three parts.

Scenario1: Import a selected NVRAM file and write it into target. (Only Write)

Figure 9-11 [Console Tool] Enter the command

Scenario2: Import a selected NVRAM file and write it into target. Next, read NVRAM from target and export it to
NVRAM file. (Both Write and Read)

Classification: Confidential B

Figure 9-12 [Console Tool] Enter the command

Scenario3: Only read the selected records from target and export it to NVRAM file. (Only Read)

Since the amount of NVRAM records is large, tool will read the NVRAM records from target according to the
records which are imported from NVRAM file. If user only need to read NVRAM from target, user must assign
both ImportNvramFilePath and ExportNvramFilePath for console tool.

382 CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)

Modem META Tool


Customer Support

9 Console Tool
MT6001

383
Figure 9-13 [Console Tool] Enter the command

Modem META Tool


CS6001-D5X-UMD-V1.0EN V2.2 (2020-08-05)
MediaTek Confidential © 2020 MediaTek Inc. Classification: Confidential B
This document contains information that is proprietary to MediaTek Inc.
Unauthorized reproduction or disclosure of this information in whole or in part is strictly prohibited.

You might also like